UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

ý ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

 

or

 

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                 to                 

 

Commission file number:

333-64687

 

Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

13-3634726

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

 

 

2122 York Road, Oak Brook, IL

 

60523

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(630) 574-3000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:                               NONE

 

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:                                NONE

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

ý   Yes     o   No

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).

Yes   o     No   ý

 

All of the Company’s common stock is held by a holding company.

 

As of March 28, 2005, there were outstanding 1,000 shares of Common Stock and zero shares of Preferred Stock.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

 

 

 

 

Item 2.

Properties

 

 

 

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

 

 

 

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

 

 

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

 

 

 

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

 

 

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

 

 

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

 

 

 

Item 9.

Change in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

 

 

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

 

 

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers

 

 

 

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

 

 

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

 

 

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

 

 

 

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

 



 

This Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including but not limited to the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, contains or may contain forward-looking statements as such term is defined in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements because they are subject to numerous uncertainties and factors relating to the Company’s operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond the Company’s control.  Forward-looking statements include information concerning the Company’s possible or assumed future results of operations.  When used in this Report, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “future,” “intend,” “plan,” “should” and similar expressions or the negative thereof or other comparable terminology or discussions of strategy, plans, or intentions, identify such forward-looking statements.  These statements are based on assumptions that have been made in light of the Company’s experience in the industry as well as its perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors that the Company believes are appropriate under the circumstances.  These statements are not guarantees of performance or results.  Although the Company believes that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, many factors could affect the Company’s actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.  Some of these factors include:

 

                  A loss of government dredging contracts could have a negative impact on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operation.

 

                  The Company’s dredging revenues are heavily dependent on revenues from the Army Corps of Engineers and may be negatively impacted by reductions in the amount appropriated or funded for dredging services.

 

                  Significant operating risks and hazards (including environmental hazards, industrial accidents, encountering unusual or unexpected geological formations, cave-ins below water levels, disruption of transportation services and flooding) could result in damage or destruction to persons or property, which could result in losses or liabilities to the Company.

 

                  Although the Company insures against the risk of loss in its business, actual liabilities may exceed the Company’s insurance coverage.

 

                  The Company’s inability to obtain bonding for future projects would limit the amount of dredging contracts that the Company could perform.

 

                  The Company’s growth may be hindered if it is unable to retain key executives and other personnel.

 

                  The Company is exposed to political, economic and other risks related to its international operations.

 

                  The Company’s operations may be adversely affected by weather conditions and natural disasters.

 

1



 

                  The amount of the Company’s estimated backlog is subject to change and not necessarily indicative of future sales.

 

                  Because of the fixed-price nature of most of its contracts, the Company is subject to risks of losses from underestimating costs, operational difficulties and other changes that may occur over the contract period.

 

                  The Company’s dredging operations may fluctuate due to seasonality and other factors that may adversely affect its cash flow.

 

                  The Company’s business could suffer in the event of a work stoppage by its unionized labor force.

 

                  Environmental matters could force the Company to incur significant capital and operational costs.

 

                  If the Company’s demolition business is unable to compete effectively, its demolition revenues may decline and it may be unable to sustain its gross profit margins in its demolition business.

 

                  The loss of key customers and large contracts in its demolition activities could have a material impact on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

                  The Company depends on subcontractors in its demolition business, and an inability to find quality subcontractors could cause disruptions in its demolition business.

 

Other factors and assumptions not identified above are also relevant to the forward-looking statements, and if they prove incorrect, could also cause actual results to differ materially from those projected.  The forward-looking statements made in this Report or incorporated by reference into this Report relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made.  The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

Part I

 

Item  1. - Business

 

Organization

 

Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation (the “Company” or “Great Lakes”), a Delaware corporation, is the largest provider of dredging services in the United States.  The Company was founded in 1890 as Lydon & Drews Partnership and contracted its first project in Chicago, Illinois.  The Company changed its name to Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company in 1905 and was involved in a number of marine construction and landfill projects along the Chicago lakefront and in the surrounding Great Lakes’ region. The Company was listed on the NYSE in 1971, and in 1985, purchased through a friendly stock offer by ITEL. Throughout this period, the Company expanded geographically, providing marine construction and dredging services throughout the U.S. and in certain international markets.  In 1991, the Company was purchased by an affiliate of Blackstone Capital Partners, who owned the Company until 1998, at which

 

2



 

time it was sold to Vectura Holding Company LLC (“Vectura”), a portfolio company of Citigroup Venture Capital, Ltd.

 

On December 22, 2003, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners IV, L.P. (“MDP”), an affiliate of Chicago-based private equity investment firm Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC, acquired control of Great Lakes from its former owner, Vectura, for approximately $361.6 million, including fees and expenses, in a transaction accounted for as a purchase. The acquisition was effected by a new company established for this purpose, GLDD Acquisitions Corp., which acquired 100% of the equity securities of the Company. Certain members of GLDD’s management own approximately 15% of outstanding common stock of GLDD Acquisitions Corp. and MDP and certain of its co-investors own the remaining 85%.  The acquisition was financed by new equity contributions of $97.0 million; term loan and revolver borrowings under a new senior credit facility of $60.3 million and $2.0 million, respectively; the issuance of $175.0 million of 7¾% senior subordinated notes due 2013; the rollover of term loan borrowings under a new equipment financing facility of $23.4 million; the rollover of approximately $1.6 million of capital leases; and cash on hand of $2.3 million.

 

On April 24, 2001, the Company purchased 80% of the capital stock of North American Site Developers, Inc. (“NASDI”), a demolition services provider located in the Boston, Massachusetts area.   The purchase consideration for the acquisition included $35.0 million in cash payable to the stockholders of NASDI and two senior subordinated notes totaling $3.0 million payable to the NASDI management stockholders.  In 2003, the Company increased its ownership in NASDI to 85%.  One NASDI management stockholder retains a 15% non-voting interest in NASDI.  With the acquisition of NASDI, the Company now operates in two reportable segments: dredging and demolition.  Financial information about the Company’s segments is provided in Note 16, “Segment information” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Dredging Operations

 

Dredging generally involves the enhancement or preservation of navigability of waterways or the protection of shorelines through the removal or replenishment of soil, sand or rock.  The U.S. dredging market consists of three primary types of work: capital, beach nourishment and maintenance.  The Company’s bid market is defined as the population of projects on which it bid or could have bid if not for capacity constraints (“bid market”). The Company achieved a combined U.S. market share of the projects awarded within its bid market of 43%, 31% and 49% in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.  In addition, the Company is the only U.S. dredging service provider with significant international operations, which averaged 18% of its dredging contract revenues over the last three years.  The Company’s fleet of 26 dredges, 25 material transportation barges, two drillboats, and numerous other specialized support vessels is the largest and most diverse fleet in the U.S.  The Company believes its fleet would cost in excess of $1.0 billion to build in the current market.

 

Domestic Dredging Operations.  Over its 114-year life, the Company has grown to be the leader in each of its primary dredging activities in the U.S., including:

 

                  Capital (approximately 45% of 2004 dredging revenues). Capital dredging projects are primarily port expansion projects, which involve the deepening of channels to allow access

 

3



 

by larger, deeper draft ships and the providing of land fill for building additional port facilities.  Capital projects also include other land reclamations, trench digging for pipes, tunnels and cables, and other dredging related to the construction of breakwaters, jetties, canals and other marine structures.  Although capital revenue can be impacted by budgetary constraints and economic conditions, these projects typically generate an immediate economic benefit to the ports and surrounding communities.  The Company’s bid market share of total U.S. capital projects averaged 56% over the last three years.

 

The U.S. capital market includes “Deep Port” projects authorized under the 1986 Water Resource Development Act (“WRDA”) as amended and supplemented, most recently in December 2000.  Without significant deepening efforts, many major U.S. ports risk losing their competitive position as a result of being unable to accommodate larger cargo vessels.  The WRDA legislation provides authorization for the deepening of certain major domestic ports.  In 1997, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (the “Corps”), which has the primary responsibility for maintaining and improving the nation’s waterways, ports and shorelines, announced Deep Port work, authorized by the WRDA, to be completed through 2005, with an aggregate value in excess of $2.0 billion, and supplemental authorizations have increased this amount to approximately $4.0 billion, with work to be completed through 2010. Currently, over $2.3 billion of these authorized Deep Port projects have yet to be let for bid.  Deep Port work has comprised a substantial portion of recent bid markets, averaging 35% of the bid market over the last three years.  The Company’s bid market share of Deep Port projects averaged 64% over the last three years.

 

                  Beach Nourishment (approximately 16% of 2004 dredging revenues).  Beach nourishment projects generally involve moving sand from the ocean floor to shoreline locations when erosion has progressed to a stage that threatens substantial shoreline assets. Beach nourishment is often viewed as a better response to erosion than trapping sand through the use of sea walls and jetties, or relocating buildings and other assets from the shoreline.  Beach nourishment also facilitates shoreline real estate development and recreational activities. Generally, beach nourishment projects take place during the fall and winter months to minimize interference with bird and marine life migration and breeding patterns and coastal recreation activities. The Company’s bid market share of U.S. beach nourishment projects averaged 44% over the last three years.

 

                  Maintenance (approximately 19% of 2004 dredging revenues).  Maintenance dredging consists of the re-dredging of previously deepened waterways and harbors to remove silt, sand and other accumulated sediments. Due to natural sedimentation, active channels generally require maintenance dredging every one to three years, thus creating a recurring source of dredging work that is typically non-deferrable if optimal navigability is to be maintained.  The Company’s bid market share of U.S. maintenance projects averaged 26% over the last three years.

 

Foreign Dredging Operations (approximately 20% of 2004 dredging revenues).   Foreign capital projects typically relate to channel deepening and port infrastructure development.   Beginning in the early 1990s, consolidation among foreign competitors, along with an increase in foreign governments’ investments in infrastructure, created new overseas dredging opportunities for the Company.  Since this time, the Company has targeted opportunities that are well suited to its equipment and where competition from its European competitors is reduced.  While the

 

4



 

Company has only a minor share of the international dredging market, it has maintained its presence in the foreign markets to enable it to diversify, particularly at times when there is anticipation of a decrease in the domestic market.  Over the last ten years, the Company has worked in Europe, the Middle East, Africa, India, Mexico and South America.  In recent years, the Middle East region has presented the most attractive prospects.  Therefore, the Company currently has certain dredging assets located in Middle East; however, these assets are mobile and may be repositioned according to project requirements. Revenues from foreign capital projects averaged 18% of the Company’s dredging revenues over the last three years.

 

The Company believes that it benefits from a number of long-term favorable trends in the U.S. dredging market:

 

                  Deep Port capital projects.  Historically, the average controlling depth of the 10 largest U.S. ports has been 40 feet, as measured by annual container volume, compared to over 50 feet for the ten largest non-U.S. ports worldwide.  Without significant deepening efforts, most major U.S. ports risk being unable to accommodate the larger cargo vessels increasingly in use throughout the world, which renders them less competitive with deeper ports.  Funding for Deep Port projects has represented a significant portion of recent years’ markets, and the Company continues to believe that Deep Port work will provide significant opportunities for the domestic dredging industry.

 

                  Increasing need for beach nourishment .   Beach erosion is a continuous problem and there is a growing awareness among state and local governments as to the importance of beachfront assets to the multi-billion dollar tourism industry.  Beach projects are generally funded by both federal and state and local monies; therefore, a downturn in the economy can impact the amount of available funding, particularly from state and local sources.  The recent annual beach bid markets, however, have remained strong with annual bid revenues averaging $100 million, and recent bid schedules provided by project owners identify beach projects for 2005 bidding valued in excess of $200 million.

 

                  Additional significant long-term opportunities.  Other capital projects make consistent contributions to the Company’s annual revenues, and, although not part of the Deep Port program, require similar technical expertise and equipment capabilities.  For instance, the Company has recently submitted proposals for over $50 million in dredging services solicited by private customers, primarily for development of liquified natural gas (“LNG”) terminals along the Gulf Coast of Texas.  This private market appears to be gaining momentum as the global supply of LNG has increased and importation of the fuel becomes more cost-competitive, given the higher prices of domestically-produced natural gas.  Therefore, it is likely that some of this work will materialize in the near future as the private contractors work to develop the infrastructure necessary for the LNG terminals.  Additionally, there are significant capital dredging opportunities related to projects to contain the erosion of wetlands and coastal marshes (particularly in Louisiana), provide land reclamation for the San Francisco airport expansion and clean-up contaminated inland waterways such as the Fox River in Wisconsin and the Hudson River in New York.  These long-term projects have the potential to add substantial revenue to the dredging market, beginning as soon as 2005 and continuing for approximately eight to 10 years thereafter.

 

5



 

While these market trends have represented key opportunities within the domestic dredging industry over the past ten years and are expected to represent the key opportunities for the Company over at least the next ten years, the domestic industry has experienced some negative funding developments over the past 18 months.  Beginning in the second half of 2003 and into the first half of 2004, the domestic dredging bid activity declined.  Although the Corps’ fiscal year 2003 and 2004 budgets were approved at similar levels to preceding years, it appeared that funds were not being distributed to the Corps’ districts. Based on conversations with Corps’ representatives and others in the industry, the Company’s management attributes the decline to budgetary pressures given the state of the deficit and the diversion of funds to support the nation’s efforts in Iraq.  Additionally, during this time period the Corps had been undergoing reorganization of certain of its administration functions which may also have delayed its ability to request and receive funding.  In 2004, the Corps also requested the Company to defer work on certain projects in backlog due to lack of funding.  As a result of these funding issues, the industry’s dredging fleet was underutilized through much of the second and third quarters of 2004, leading to intense competition and pricing pressures for work that was bid during this period.  Bidding did accelerate in the second half of 2004 and the year concluded with a solid bid market totaling in excess of $700 million.   While the industry’s fleet utilization improved by year-end, pricing has continued to be competitive in recent bids and is likely to remain competitive until the industry participants regain confidence in the market.

 

Also in 2004, there were renewed efforts by the federal government to eliminate the federal portion of beach nourishment funding, and the Corps’ fiscal year 2005 budget was passed with no appropriation for beach nourishment.  Therefore, the beach work that has recently come out for bid and that which is expected to bid in the near term is being funded by an emergency supplemental bill passed towards the end of 2004, which contained $372 million for the Corps to pay for much of the damage from the hurricanes experienced in 2004.  Of this, $56 million has been identified for emergency beach restoration.  Although no funds were appropriated in the annual 2005 budget, the Company remains hopeful that Congress will push to restore some level of federal funding for beach nourishment, given the relative low-cost versus the justifiable benefits attributable to the tourism and development along their State’s coastlines; however, in the context of the recent funding pressures the outcome is unclear.

 

In summary, the current industry market is unlike any experienced in recent years.  While there are a number of factors contributing to uncertainty regarding project funding and timing, the necessity for the dredging work remains.  At some point in the future, all the work deferred currently will need to be performed.  The Deep Port projects underway are not fully functional until all parts of the channels are taken to their final depths, and other authorized projects have been proven to be necessary to accommodate the deeper draft vessels in use throughout the world.  Similarly, the maintenance dredging, if not performed currently, will accumulate and grow in volume as channels continue to fill with sedimentation, eventually to the point were ships can no longer safely navigate into the ports, and beach nourishment work will reach a point of urgency as waterfront assets and recreational communities become jeopardized.  Therefore, Company management believes that the current environment represents only a deferral of work, and not any permanent reduction in the industry.

 

6



 

Demolition Operations

 

NASDI, founded in 1976, is a major U.S. provider of commercial and industrial demolition services. The majority of NASDI’s work is performed in the New England area; however NASDI recently expanded into Florida and is pursuing opportunities in that market as well.  NASDI’s core business is exterior and interior demolition.  Exterior demolition involves the complete dismantling and demolition of structures and foundations. Interior demolition involves removing specific structures within a building.  Other business activities include site development and asbestos and other hazardous material removal. NASDI generally contracts hazardous material removal to insured subcontractors and does not take possession of hazardous materials, which remain the property of the site owner. In a given year, NASDI performs numerous small projects (each generating revenue of $0.1 million to $0.5 million) but NASDI is one of a few providers in New England with the required licenses, operating expertise, equipment fleet and access to bonding to execute larger, complex industrial demolition projects.  For instance, in recent years, NASDI has successfully performed three large demolition projects involving the dismantling and disposal of aging power generation plants, as well as large projects at Logan Airport and various Boston-area office buildings and former manufacturing facilities.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

The Company possesses a number of competitive strengths that have allowed it to develop and maintain its leading position within the dredging industry.

 

                  Favorable competitive dynamic .  The Company benefits from significant advantages relative to both existing and potential competitors, including (i) the requirements of the Foreign Dredge Act of 1906 (the “Dredging Act”) and Section 27 of the Merchant Marine Act of 1920 (the “Jones Act”), which effectively prohibit foreign dredges and, to a certain extent, foreign-owned dredging companies from competing in the U.S (see “Business – Government Regulations”); (ii) the relatively long lead time and high capital cost associated with the construction of a new dredge, which the Company estimates to be two years and between $20 to $60 million, depending on the type of dredge; and (iii) the Company’s reputation for quality and customer service built up over its 114-year operating history, during which time it has never failed to complete a project.

 

                  Largest and most diverse dredging fleet .  The Company operates the largest and most diverse dredging fleet in the U.S., with over 200 pieces of equipment, including the largest hopper fleet and the largest hydraulic dredges in the U.S.  The size, versatility and technical capabilities of the fleet improves the Company’s competitiveness by affording the Company the flexibility to select the most efficient equipment for a particular job and enabling the Company to perform multiple projects at the same time.  To maintain the value and effectiveness of its fleet, the Company emphasizes preventative maintenance to minimize downtime, increase profitability, extend vessel life and reduce replacement capital expenditure requirements.

 

                  Specialized capability in capital projects . The Company has also been a leader in U.S. capital dredging, which generally requires specialized engineering expertise, specific combinations of equipment and experience in executing complex projects. The Company

 

7



 

believes its extensive experience performing complex projects significantly enhances its ability to bid for and complete these contracts profitably. Additionally, the Company believes it has a significant advantage over its competitors in projects bid as “requests for proposal”. For further information regarding the request for proposal process, see “– Bidding Process.”

 

                  Proprietary and proven project costing methodologies .  Over the course of its 114-year operating history, the Company has developed an extensive proprietary database of publicly-available dredging production records from its own and its competitors’ activities and past bidding results.  The Company believes that its extensive proprietary database combined with its accumulated estimating and bidding expertise is a significant competitive advantage in bidding for new dredging contracts.

 

                  Diversified revenue base. The Company benefits from a dredging revenue base that is broadly diversified across the three dredging sectors, which have different demand drivers.  Capital projects primarily consist of port expansion work, which is driven by growth in U.S. trade and commerce.  Beach nourishment and maintenance projects are more heavily influenced by weather, natural sedimentation and erosion.  Revenue within each of the Company’s dredging sectors comes from a portfolio of separate contracts, which helps to mitigate project-specific risk.   For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company’s revenues were derived from over 50 separate dredging contracts, and no contract represented more than 10% of its revenues. The Company’s foreign dredging operations and demolition operations further diversify its revenue and customer base.

 

                  Proven, experienced management team .  The Company’s top executive management team has an average of 20 years of experience in the dredging industry. The Company believes that this experience provides it with a significant advantage over its competitors. Certain members of management own approximately 15% of the Company’s common stock.

 

Customers

 

Dredging. The dredging industry’s customers include federal, state, and local governments, foreign governments, and both domestic and foreign private concerns such as utilities and oil companies.  Most dredging projects are competitively bid, with the award going to the lowest qualified bidder.  There are generally few economical substitutes that customers can use for dredging services. The Corps is the largest dredging customer in the U.S. and has responsibility for federally funded projects related to navigation and flood control.  In addition, the U.S. Coast Guard and the U.S. Navy are responsible for awarding federal contracts with respect to their own facilities.   In 2004, approximately 75% of the Company’s dredging revenues were earned from contracts with federal government agencies or companies operating under contracts with federal government agencies.

 

Foreign governments are the primary dredging customers in international markets, generally for capital projects relating to infrastructure development.  Approximately 20% of the Company’s

 

8



 

2004 dredging revenues were earned from contracts with foreign governments or companies operating under contracts with foreign governments.

 

Demolition . NASDI’s customers include general contractors who subcontract demolition services, corporations that commission projects, non-profit institutions such as universities and hospitals, and local government and municipal agencies.  NASDI benefits from key relationships with certain customers in the general contracting and public infrastructure industries. NASDI negotiates the majority of its demolition contracts as fixed price (“lump sum”) contracts with other projects negotiated on a time-and-materials (“T&M”) basis. NASDI frequently receives revenues from change orders on existing contracts. The majority of the demolition services are concentrated in New England, although NASDI now has limited operations in Florida as well.   In 2004, no customer contributed more than 15% to NASDI’s annual revenues.

 

Bidding Process

 

Dredging.   Most of the Company’s dredging contracts are obtained through competitive bidding on terms specified by the party inviting the bid.  The nature of the specified services dictates the types of equipment, material and labor involved, all of which affect the cost of performing the contract and the price that dredging service providers will bid.

 

For contracts under its jurisdiction, the Corps typically prepares a cost estimate based on the specifications of the project.  To be successful, a bidder must be determined by the Corps to be a responsible bidder (i.e., a bidder that generally has the necessary equipment and experience to successfully complete the project) and submit the lowest responsive bid that does not exceed 125% of an estimate determined by the Corps to be fair and reasonable.  Contracts for projects that are not administered by the Corps are generally awarded to the lowest qualified bidder, provided the bid is no greater than the amount of funds that are available for the project.

 

Substantially all of the Company’s dredging contracts are competitively bid.  However, some government contracts are awarded by a sole source procurement process through negotiation between the contractor and the government, while other projects have been recently bid by the Corps through a “request for proposal” (“RFP”) process.  The RFP process allows the project award to be based on the technical capability of the contractor’s equipment and methodology, as well as price, and has, therefore, been advantageous for the Company since it has the technical engineering expertise and equipment versatility to comply with the project specifications.

 

Demolition .  NASDI has established a network of local contacts with developers and prime contractors that act as referral sources and frequently enable NASDI to procure demolition jobs on a sole-source basis.  When NASDI bids on a project, it evaluates the contract specifications and develops a cost estimate to which it adds profit for the final bid price.  While there are numerous competitors in the demolition services market, NASDI benefits from its relationships and reputation.  Therefore, there are occasions where NASDI is not the lowest bidder on a contract, but is still awarded the project based on its reputation and qualifications.

 

9



 

Bonding and Foreign Project Guarantees

 

Dredging .  For most domestic projects and some foreign projects, dredging service providers are required to obtain three types of bonds, which are typically provided by large insurance companies.  A bid bond is required to serve as a guarantee that if a service provider’s bid is chosen, the service provider will sign the contract.  The amount of the bond is typically 20% of the service provider’s bid, up to a maximum bond of $3.0 million.  After a contract is signed, the bid bond is replaced by a performance bond, the purpose of which is to guarantee that the job will be completed.  A performance bond typically covers 100% of the contract value with no maximum bond amounts.  If the service provider fails to complete a job, the bonding company assumes such obligation and pays to complete the job, generally by using the equipment of the defaulting company. A company’s ability to obtain performance bonds with respect to a particular contract depends upon the size of the contract, as well as the size of the service provider and its financial position. A payment bond is also required to protect the service provider’s suppliers and subcontractors in the event that the service provider cannot make timely payments.  Payment bonds are generally written at 100% of the contract value.

 

Great Lakes’ projects are currently bonded by St. Paul’s/Travelers (“Travelers”).  The Company has never experienced difficulty in obtaining bonding for any of its projects.  If the Company were to default on a project, the bonding company would complete the defaulted contract and would be entitled to be paid the contract price directly by the customer. Additionally, the bonding company would be entitled to be paid by the Company for any costs incurred in excess of the contract price.  Travelers has been granted a security interest in a substantial portion of the Company’s operating equipment as collateral for its surety obligations.

 

For most foreign dredging projects, letters of credit or bank guarantees issued by foreign banks, which are secured by letters of credit issued under the Company’s credit agreement with its senior secured lenders (the “Credit Agreement”), are required as security for the bid, performance and, if applicable, advance payment.  Foreign bid guarantees are usually 2% to 5% of the service provider’s bid.  Foreign performance and advance payment guarantees are each typically 5% to 10% of the contract value.

 

Demolition .  NASDI’s contracts are primarily with private, non-government customers; thus, it often is not required to secure bonding.  When NASDI does have bonding requirements, the bonds are also provided by Travelers.

 

Competitive Environment

 

Dredging .  Competition in the Company’s market is determined primarily on the basis of price, and competition is often limited by the size of the job, equipment requirements, bonding requirements, certification requirements, or government regulations.  Great Lakes and four other key competitors perform the majority of the work within the Company’s domestic dredging bid market, with other entities obtaining a 21% share, on average, over the last three years.  Since the Deep Port projects are typically of significant value and there is a large volume of projects remaining in the program, some of these other entities, which are primarily smaller dredging companies or marine-oriented construction companies, have made equipment investments,

 

10



 

rationalized by the opportunities in the Deep Port market and encouraged by the Corps in an effort to increase competition.  While some of these other entities have won a few major Deep Port projects, they have generally not performed well on these projects.  In fact, for the most recently bid Deep Port project, they did not price their bids as competitively as in the past, so it is unclear whether they will pose the same degree of competition in the future.

 

The Dredging Act and the Jones Act provide a significant barrier to entry with respect to foreign competition.  Together the two regulations prohibit foreign-built, chartered or operated vessels from competing in the U.S.  See “ – Government Regulations.”

 

Company management recently learned that one of the Company’s key competitors will be commissioning a new hopper dredge at the end of 2005.  This dredge is over two-times the size of the Company’s most recently constructed hopper dredge and is well-suited for the maintenance rental market along the Mississippi Gulf Outlet, so it is likely to have some impact on bidding dynamics within this market once it commences operations.

 

Demolition .  The U.S. demolition and related services industry is also highly fragmented and is comprised mostly of small regional companies.  Unlike many of its competitors, NASDI is able to perform both the small and large projects and competes in the demolition and related services industry primarily on the basis of its experience, reputation, equipment, key client relationships and price.

 

Equipment

 

Dredging .  Great Lakes’ fleet of dredges, material barges and other specialized equipment is the largest and most diverse in the U.S.  There are three principal types of dredging equipment:  hopper dredges, hydraulic dredges and mechanical dredges.

 

                  Hopper Dredges . Hopper dredges are typically self-propelled and have the general appearance of an ocean-going vessel.  The dredge has hollow hulls, or “hoppers”, into which material is suctioned hydraulically through drag-arms and deposited.  Once the hoppers are filled, the dredge sails to the designated disposal site and either (i) bottom dumps the material or (ii) pumps the material from the hoppers through a pipeline to the designated site.  Hopper dredges can operate in rough waters, are less likely than other types of dredges to interfere with ship traffic, and can move quickly from one project to another.  Great Lakes operates the largest hopper fleet in the U.S., affording it flexibility to quickly respond to time-sensitive projects.

 

                  Hydraulic Dredges .  Hydraulic dredges remove material using a revolving cutterhead which cuts and churns the sediment on the ocean floor and hydraulically pumps the material by pipe to the disposal location.  These dredges are very powerful and can dredge some types of rock.  Certain materials can be directly pumped as far as seven miles with the aid of a booster pump.  Hydraulic dredges work with an assortment of support equipment, which help with the positioning and movement of the dredge, handling of the pipelines, and the placement of the dredged material.  Great Lakes operates the only two large electric hydraulic dredges in the U.S., which makes the Company particularly competitive in markets with stringent emissions standards, such as California and Houston.

 

11



 

                  Mechanical Dredges .  There are two basic types of mechanical dredges operating in the U.S.:  clamshell and backhoe.  In all cases, the dredge uses a bucket to excavate material from the ocean floor.  The dredged material is placed by the bucket into material barges, or “scows”, for transport to the designated disposal area.  The scows are emptied by bottom-dumping, direct pump-out or removal by a crane with a bucket.  Mechanical dredges are capable of removing hardpacked sediments and debris and can work in tight areas such as along docks or terminals.  Clamshell dredges with specialized buckets are ideally suited to handle material requiring controlled disposal.  The Company has the largest fleet of material barges in the industry, which provides cost advantages when dredged material is required to be disposed far offshore or when material requires controlled disposal. Additionally, the Company recently converted one of its clamshell dredges to electric power to better compete in those markets with stringent emissions standards.

 

Great Lakes’ domestic dredging fleet is typically positioned on the East and Gulf Coasts, with a smaller number of vessels on the West Coast and on inland rivers.  The mobility of the fleet enables the Company to move equipment in response to changes in demand.  Great Lakes’ fleet also includes assets currently positioned internationally in the Middle East.

 

The Company continually assesses its need to upgrade and expand its dredging fleet to take advantage of improving technology and to address the changing needs of the dredging market.  The Company is also committed to preventive maintenance, which it believes is reflected in the long lives of most if its equipment and its low level of unscheduled downtime on jobs.  As such,  the Company spent an average of $25.5 million on maintenance and $26.4 million on capital additions and enhancements, annually over the last three years. During this period, the Company’s capital expenditures included $15.0 million to buy out certain operating equipment previously under operating lease, as well as $17.1 million on equipment that was funded from the proceeds of sale-leasebacks under operating leases or the proceeds from the sale of certain equipment under a like-kind exchange transaction.  Therefore, in a typical year, the Company generally funds $13 to $18 million of capital expenditures with cash flow from its operations.

 

Demolition .  NASDI owns and operates specialized demolition equipment, including a fleet of excavators equipped with shears, pulverizers, processors, grapples, and hydraulic hammers that provide high-capacity processing of construction and demolition debris for recycling and reclamation. NASDI also owns and maintains a large number of skid-steer loaders, heavy-duty large-capacity loaders, cranes, recycling crushers, off-highway hauling units and a fleet of tractor-trailers for transporting equipment and materials to and from job sites. NASDI rents additional equipment on a project-by-project basis, which allows NASDI flexibility to adjust costs to the level of project activity.

 

Equipment Certification

 

Certification of equipment by the U.S. Coast Guard and establishment of the permissible loading capacity by the American Bureau of Shipping (“A.B.S.”) are important factors in Great Lakes’ dredging business.  Many projects, such as beach nourishment projects with offshore sand borrow sites, dredging projects in exposed entrance channels, and dredging projects with offshore disposal areas, are restricted by federal regulations to be performed only by dredges or

 

12



 

scows that have U.S. Coast Guard certification and a load line established by the A.B.S.  The certifications indicate that the dredge is structurally capable of operating in open waters.  The Company has more certified vessels than any domestic competitor and makes substantial investments to maintain these certifications.

 

Seasonality

 

Seasonality does not currently have a significant impact on the Company’s dredging operations.  Some east coast beach nourishment projects are limited by environmental windows, which require that certain work be performed in winter months to protect wildlife habitats.  However, in recent years, this has been mitigated by the increased volume of Deep Port work in the market, which can generally be performed throughout the year.  The Company has been able to respond to these market factors since it has the flexibility to move its equipment around as environmental restrictions and project requirements dictate.  However, in the future, seasonality may become more of a factor if the project mix changes and the Company is unable to be as flexible in utilizing its equipment.   The Company’s demolition operations are not significantly impacted by seasonality.

 

Backlog

 

The Company’s contract backlog represents management’s estimate of the revenues which will be realized under the portion of the contracts remaining to be performed.  Such estimates are subject to fluctuations based upon the amount of material actually dredged or scope of demolition services to be provided as well as factors affecting the time required to complete the job.  In addition, because a substantial portion of the Company’s backlog relates to government contracts, the Company’s backlog can be canceled at any time without penalty; however, the Company can generally recover actual committed costs and profit on work performed up to the date of cancellation. Consequently, backlog is not necessarily indicative of future results.  The Company’s backlog includes only those projects for which the customer has provided an executed contract.  The components of the Company’s backlog are addressed in more detail in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

Employees

 

Dredging .  At December 31, 2004, the Company employed approximately 270 full-time salaried personnel, with additional hourly personnel, most of whom are unionized and hired on a project-by-project basis.  During 2004, the Company employed an average of 380 hourly personnel to meet project requirements.  Crews are generally available for hire on relatively short notice.

 

Demolition .  At December 31, 2004, NASDI employed approximately 20 full-time salaried administrative employees, in addition to approximately 105 unionized employees who are party to four union agreements.  The unionized employees are hired on a project-by-project basis and are generally available for hire on relatively short notice.

 

13



 

The Company is a party to numerous collective bargaining agreements that govern its relationships with its unionized hourly personnel.  However, four primary agreements apply to approximately 80% of such employees.  The Company has not experienced any major labor disputes in the past five years and believes it has good relationships with its significant unions; however, there can be no assurances that the Company will not experience labor strikes or disturbances in the future.

 

Joint Ventures

 

Amboy Aggregates

 

The Company and a New Jersey aggregates company each own 50% of Amboy Aggregates (“Amboy”).  Amboy was formed in December 1984 to mine sand from the entrance channel to the New York Harbor and to provide sand and aggregate for use in road and building construction.  Great Lakes’ dredging expertise and its partner’s knowledge of the aggregate market formed the basis for the joint venture.  The Company’s investment in Amboy is accounted for using the equity method.

 

Amboy is the only East Coast aggregate producer to mine sand from the ocean floor.  Amboy has a specially designed dredge for sand mining, de-watering and dry delivery.  No other vessel of this type operates in the U.S.  Amboy’s ocean-based supply of sand provides a long-term competitive advantage in the Northeast as land-based sand deposits are depleted or rendered less cost competitive by escalating land values.

 

Mining operations are performed pursuant to permits granted to Amboy by the federal government and the states of New York and New Jersey.  In 2002, Amboy was successful in obtaining approval for a new permit allowing it to mine deeper in its sand borrow areas.  Amboy’s revenues have increased over the past three years due to improvement in the construction market, the primary market for Amboy’s product.  See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Off-Balance Sheet Commitments and Contingencies.”

 

Government Regulations

 

The Company is subject to government regulations pursuant to the Dredging Act, the Jones Act, and the vessel documentation laws set forth in Chapter 121 of Title 46 of the United States Code (the “Vessel Documentation Act”).  These statutes require vessels engaged in dredging in the navigable waters of the United States to be documented with a coastwise endorsement, to be owned and controlled by U.S. citizens, to be manned by U.S. crews, and to be built in the United States.  The U.S. citizenship ownership and control standards require the vessel-owning entity to be at least 75% U.S.-citizen owned and prohibit the chartering of the vessel to any entity that does not meet the 75% U.S. citizen ownership test.  These statutes, together with similar requirements for other sectors of the maritime industry, are collectively referred to as “cabotage” laws.

 

14



 

Certain of the above requirements were made applicable to the dredging industry in 1992, when Congress amended the Dredging Act to bring it into conformity with the U.S. citizenship requirements of the rest of the nation’s cabotage laws.  At that time, Congress included grandfather clauses to protect certain existing dredge operations affected by the change in law. A grandfather provision exempted the hopper dredge STUYVESANT from the 75% ownership and control requirement. The STUYVESANT is chartered to Stuyvesant Dredging Company, Inc., a foreign corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Royal Boskalis Westminster, NV, a Dutch company, the largest dredging service provider in the world.  In early 1999, the Stuyvesant Dredging Company exploited a loophole in grandfather provision and expanded its control of additional dredging vessels through a joint-venture, Bean Stuyvesant LLC, in which it has a 50% ownership interest.  As of December 31, 2004, at least seven dredges plus other ancillary vessels operating in the United States were foreign controlled under this grandfather provision.

 

A coalition of U.S.-citizen dredging companies, labor unions, U.S. maritime operating companies and U.S. shipbuilders have joined together in an attempt to close the STUYVESANT grandfather clause loophole.  In late 2003, one of the industry’s domestic dredging companies protested a bid award by the Corps in favor of Bean Stuyvesant LLC on the grounds that Bean Stuyvesant LLC was neither a U.S. citizen for the purpose of operating vessels in the coastwise trade nor eligible to charter the vessels at issue under the specific terms of the grandfather provision.  The U.S. Court of Federal Claims agreed and enjoined the Corps from awarding the contract to Bean Stuyvesant LLC.  On appeal, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit overturned the Court of Federal Claims decision in the second quarter of 2004.  The domestic competitor has since petitioned the U.S. Supreme Court for a writ of certiorari to review the case, with a broad coalition of domestic maritime interests filing a supporting amicus brief.  Depending on the outcome of this litigation, the marine industry is prepared to pursue a legislative solution in an effort to ensure more equitable treatment among the industry participants.

 

Environmental Matters

 

The Company’s operations and facilities are subject to various environmental laws and regulations related to, among other things: dredging operations; the disposal of dredged material; protection of wetlands; storm water and waste water discharges; demolition activities; asbestos removal; transportation and disposal of other hazardous substances and materials; and air emissions.  The Company is also subject to laws designed to protect certain marine species and habitats.  Compliance with these statutes and regulations can delay appropriation with respect to, and performance of, particular projects and increase related expenses.

 

The Company’s projects may involve demolition, excavation, transportation, management and disposal of hazardous waste and other hazardous substances and materials.  Various laws strictly regulate the removal, treatment and transportation of hazardous water and other hazardous substances and materials and impose liability for human health effects and environmental contamination caused by these materials. The Company’s demolition business, for example, requires it to transport and dispose of hazardous substances and materials, such as asbestos.   The Company takes steps to limit its potential liability by hiring qualified asbestos abatement subcontractors to remove such materials from its projects, and some project contracts require the client to retain liability for hazardous waste generation.

 

15



 

Services rendered in connection with hazardous substance and material removal and site development may involve professional judgments by licensed experts about the nature of soil conditions and other physical conditions, including the extent to which hazardous substances and materials are present, and about the probable effect of procedures to mitigate problems or otherwise affect those conditions. If the judgments and the recommendations based upon those judgments are incorrect, the Company may be liable for resulting damages that its clients incur, which may be material.

 

Based on the Company’s experience, its management believes that the future cost of compliance with existing environmental laws and regulations (and liability for known environmental conditions) will not have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations. However, the Company cannot predict what environmental legislation or regulations will be enacted in the future; how existing or future laws or regulations will be enforced, administered or interpreted; or the amount of future expenditures that may be required to comply with these environmental or health and safety laws or regulations or to respond to future cleanup matters or other environmental claims.   In January 2005, the Company received a request for information from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”), with respect to its Port of Los Angeles Deepening Project.  See “Legal Proceedings” for additional information.

 

Item  2. – Properties

 

Dredging .  Great Lakes’ dredging fleet is the largest in the U.S. and one of the largest fleets in the world.  The fleet consists of over 200 pieces of equipment, including the largest hopper fleet and most of the large hydraulic dredges in the U.S., and is sufficient to meet the Company’s project requirements.

 

The following table provides a listing of the Company’s fleet of dredging equipment as of December 31, 2004, including equipment under long-term operating leases.

 

Type of Equipment

 

Quantity

 

Hydraulic Dredges

 

12

 

Hopper Dredges

 

8

 

Mechanical Dredges

 

6

 

Unloaders

 

2

 

Drillboats

 

2

 

Material Barges

 

25

 

Other Barges

 

62

 

Booster Pumps

 

7

 

Tugs

 

6

 

Launches and Survey Boats

 

51

 

Other ancillary equipment

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

214

 

 

16



 

A significant portion of the Company’s operating equipment is subject to liens by the Company’s senior lenders and bonding company.  See Note 6, “Property and Equipment,” and Note 11, “Long-term Debt,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The Company leases approximately 40,000 square feet of office facilities in Oak Brook, Illinois, which serves as its principal administrative facility.  The primary lease for this property will expire in the year 2008.  The Company also leases waterfront properties in Baltimore, Maryland, and Green Cove Springs, Florida.  These locations serve as mooring sites for idle equipment and inventory storage.

 

Demolition .   NASDI rents its primary office facility in Allston, Massachusetts, and a garage and maintenance facility in Everett, Massachusetts.  NASDI maintains a fleet of operating equipment including excavators, loaders, trucks, and similar equipment, sufficient to meet its project requirements.  Certain pieces of equipment are obtained under capital lease arrangements.

 

Item  3. – Legal Proceedings

 

Although the Company is subject to various claims and legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of business, except as described below, the Company is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings or environmental claims.

 

The Company or its former subsidiary, NATCO Limited Partnership, are named as defendants in approximately 280 lawsuits, the majority of which were filed between 1989 and 2000, and eighteen of which were filed in the last three years.  In these lawsuits, the plaintiffs allege personal injury, primarily fibrosis or asbestosis, from exposure to asbestos on our vessels.  The vast majority of these lawsuits have been filed in the Northern District of Ohio and a few in the Eastern District of Michigan.  These cases have been transferred to the asbestos multi-district litigation pending in the Eastern District of Pennsylvania.  The Company cannot determine its potential liability in these cases because the claims generally do not specify the amount of damages sought.  No discovery has been sought by plaintiffs in any of these cases, and none of these cases has been litigated to date as to the Company.  Management does not believe that these cases will have a material adverse impact on the business.

 

On February 10, 2004, the Company was served with a subpoena to produce documents in connection with a federal grand jury convened in the United States District Court for the District of South Carolina.  The Company believes the grand jury has been convened to investigate the United States dredging industry in connection with work performed for the U.S. Army Corp of Engineers. The Company continues to comply with the Justice department’s requests and Company management believes that it has provided substantially all of the documents that have been requested to this point.  In addition to the documents requested, certain employees of the Company have been interviewed by attorneys from the Department of Justice and been subpoenaed to testify before the grand jury.

 

In 1999, the Boston Housing Authority (“BHA”), for whom the Company’s demolition business, NASDI, had worked, asserted that NASDI and its subcontractors were responsible for improperly disposing of some contaminated materials. At the time the Company acquired NASDI in 2001, it was believed that NASDI had sufficient recourse in the matter and that any

 

17



 

potential liability would be minimal.  However, since 2001, certain of the insurance carriers that would be responsible for this matter have gone bankrupt.  Negotiations between the parties have continued to progress, and in the third quarter of 2004, the case went before a judge in the Massachusetts court system who advised NASDI and the subcontractors to accept a settlement with the BHA. While NASDI could continue to pursue the matter, it was determined that settlement may be more cost effective.  Therefore, in the third quarter of 2004, the Company recorded a $1.3 million charge for NASDI’s share of this potential settlement liability.

 

On January 19, 2005, the Company, along with its joint-venture partners on the Port of Los Angeles Deepening Project received a request for information from the EPA pursuant to section 308(a) of the Clean Water Act. The EPA is investigating alleged dredging of unauthorized material and unauthorized discharge of that material at various locations in federally regulated waters of the U.S. relating to this project.  The Company intends to comply with the request for information.  The Company is performing this project under a contract with the Los Angeles district of the Corps and believes it is in compliance with the contract specifications.

 

Item  4. – Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

None.

 

18



 

Part II

 

Item  5. – Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

There is no established public market for the common stock of the Company.  At December 31, 2004, GLDD Acquisitions Corp. owned 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Company.   Madison Dearborn Capital Partners IV, L.P. and its co-investors own approximately 85% and certain members of the Company’s management own in aggregate approximately 15% of the outstanding common equity of GLDD Acquisitions Corp.

 

The ability of the Company to pay dividends is restricted by certain covenants contained in the Company’s Credit Agreement, as well as certain restrictions contained in the Company’s indenture relating to its subordinated debt.

 

Item  6. - Selected Financial Data

 

The following table sets forth certain financial data regarding the Company and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto (see Item 15, “Financial Statements” and Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”).  The income statement and balance sheet data presented below have been derived from the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  The acquisition of the Company by MDP in December 2003 was accounted for as a purchase in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, “Business Combinations,” resulting in a new basis of accounting subsequent to the transaction.  Therefore, for presentation herein and throughout the remainder of this Report, financial information relating to the Company prior to the sale transaction is denoted as Predecessor Basis, while financial information relating to the Company subsequent to the transaction is denoted as Successor Basis.

 

19



 

 

 

Successor
Basis

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Income Statement Data (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenues

 

$

350.9

 

$

398.8

 

$

362.6

 

$

318.8

 

$

339.1

 

Costs of contract revenues

 

(315.0

)

(328.2

)

(294.6

)

(260.5

)

(281.7

)

Gross profit

 

35.9

 

70.6

 

68.0

 

58.3

 

57.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(26.7

)

(27.9

)

(29.8

)

(25.2

)

(22.3

)

Amortization of intangible assets

 

(4.2

)

 

 

 

 

Subpoena-related expenses

 

(2.3

)

 

 

 

 

Sale-related expenses

 

(0.3

)

(10.6

)

 

 

 

Operating income

 

2.4

 

32.1

 

38.2

 

33.1

 

35.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

(20.3

)

(20.7

)

(21.1

)

(20.9

)

(18.6

)

Sale-related financing costs

 

 

(13.1

)

 

 

 

Equity in earnings (loss) of joint ventures

 

2.3

 

1.4

 

(0.1

)

0.8

 

(0.8

)

Minority interests

 

0.1

 

 

0.4

 

(1.0

)

(1.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

(15.5

)

(0.3

)

17.4

 

12.0

 

14.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (provision)

 

4.4

 

(1.3

)

(4.4

)

(5.5

)

(7.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(11.1

)

$

(1.6

)

$

13.0

 

$

6.5

 

$

7.3

 

 

 

 

Successor
Basis

 

Predecessor Basis

 

Other Data (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA (2)

 

$

31.7

 

$

49.8

 

$

54.4

 

$

48.2

 

$

46.0

 

Net cash flows from operating activites

 

14.3

 

19.0

 

28.4

 

20.1

 

17.5

 

Net cash flows from investing activites

 

(9.5

)

(183.4

)

(17.2

)

(42.9

)

(13.7

)

Net cash flows from financing activites

 

(5.6

)

165.6

 

(12.3

)

24.2

 

(4.2

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

26.9

 

16.3

 

15.9

 

15.3

 

12.7

 

Maintenance expense

 

22.7

 

27.9

 

25.9

 

19.3

 

25.9

 

Capital expenditures (3)

 

23.1

 

37.7

 

18.3

 

13.8

 

14.1

 

 


(1)  Includes the results of NASDI since its acquisition in April, 2001.

 

(2)  EBITDA in 2003 includes the impact of sale-related expenses totaling $10.6 million, related to the sale of the Company in 2003.

 

(3)  Capital expenditures in 2004 includes spending of approximately $12.7 million on equipment that has been or will be funded by sale-leaseback under an operating lease or escrow funds relating to the 2003 like-kind exchange.  Capital expenditures in 2003 includes approximately $15.0 million used to buy out certain operating equipment previously under operating lease, $3.6 million related to a barge being constructed as part of a like-kind exchange, and a $0.8 million deposit on construction of two new rock barges).

 

 

 

Successor Basis

 

Predecessor Basis

 

Balance Sheet Data (as of end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

2.0

 

$

2.8

 

$

1.5

 

$

2.6

 

$

1.1

 

Working capital

 

39.2

 

50.5

 

14.6

 

14.1

 

11.8

 

Total assets

 

508.6

 

522.9

 

287.5

 

282.2

 

248.7

 

Total debt

 

254.3

 

258.7

 

172.8

 

184.7

 

155.0

 

Total stockholder’s equity (deficit)

 

85.9

 

97.0

 

(12.4

)

(26.0

)

(32.3

)

 

20



 

“EBITDA,” as provided herein, represents earnings from continuing operations before net interest expense (including sale-related financing costs), income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense.  EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, amounts determined in accordance with GAAP including: (a) operating income as an indicator of operating performance; or (b) cash flows from operations as a measure of liquidity.   The Company presents EBITDA as additional information because it is among the bases upon which the Company assesses its financial performance, and certain covenants in its borrowing arrangements are tied to similar measures.  The Company believes EBITDA is a useful measure for the users of its financial statements because it provides information that can be used to evaluate the effectiveness of the Company’s business from an operational perspective, exclusive of costs to finance its activities, income taxes, depreciation of operating assets and amortization of intangible assets, none of which is directly relevant to the efficiency of its operations.  EBITDA is not calculated identically by all companies; therefore, the Company’s presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. The following table reconciles net income to EBITDA for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Successor
Basis

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(11.1

)

$

(1.6

)

$

13.0

 

$

6.5

 

$

7.3

 

Adjusted for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

20.3

 

20.7

 

21.1

 

20.9

 

18.6

 

Sale-related financing costs

 

 

13.1

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

(4.4

)

1.3

 

4.4

 

5.5

 

7.4

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

26.9

 

16.3

 

15.9

 

15.3

 

12.7

 

EBITDA

 

$

31.7

 

$

49.8

 

$

54.4

 

$

48.2

 

$

46.0

 

 

Item 7. - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Overview

 

Great Lakes is the largest provider of dredging services in the United States.  Dredging generally involves the enhancement or preservation of navigability of waterways or the protection of shorelines through the removal or replenishment of soil, sand or rock.  The U.S. dredging market consists of three primary types of work: capital, beach nourishment and maintenance, in which areas the Company has experienced an average combined bid market share in the U.S. of 43% over the past three years.  The Company’s largest domestic dredging customer is the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, which has responsibility for federally funded projects related to navigation and flood control.  In 2004, approximately 75% of the Company’s dredging revenues were earned from contracts with federal government agencies, including the Corps as well as other federal entities such as the U.S. Coast Guard and U.S. Navy.  Given this dependence on federal revenues, the Company’s operations can be influenced by the federal budget and the amount appropriated and funded for dredging in any given year. Therefore, the Company tracks the annual appropriation process, to the extent that information is available, to assist it in planning for and managing its operations.  The Company has also continued its role as the only U.S. dredging contractor with significant international operations, which represented an average of

 

21



 

18% of its dredging contract revenues over the past three years.  The international operations provide additional customer diversification, which can be particularly beneficial if there is a downturn in the domestic economy.

 

The Company also owns 85% of the capital stock of North American Site Developers, Inc. (“NASDI”), a demolition service provider located in the Boston, Massachusetts area, which the Company acquired in April 2001.  NASDI’s principal services consist of interior and exterior demolition of commercial and industrial buildings, salvage and recycling of related materials, and removal of hazardous substances and materials. One NASDI management stockholder retains a 15% non-voting interest in NASDI, which is reflected as the minority interest in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  Since the acquisition of NASDI in 2001, the Company has operated in two reportable segments: dredging and demolition.

 

Contract Revenues

 

Most of the Company’s dredging contracts are obtained through competitive bidding on terms specified by the party inviting the bid.  The nature of the specified services dictates the types of equipment, material and labor involved, all of which affect the cost of performing the contract and the price that dredging contractors will bid.

 

The Company recognizes contract revenues under the percentage-of-completion method, based on the Company’s engineering estimates of the physical percentage completed for dredging projects and using a cost-to-cost approach for demolition projects.  For dredging projects, costs of contract revenues are adjusted to reflect the gross profit percentage expected to be achieved upon ultimate completion of each dredging project.  For demolition projects, contract revenues are adjusted to reflect the estimated gross profit percentage.  Provisions for estimated losses on contracts in progress are made in the period in which such losses are determined.  Claims for additional compensation due the Company are not recognized in contract revenues until such claims are settled.   Billings on contracts are generally submitted after verification with the customers of physical progress and may not match the timing of revenue recognition.  The difference between amounts billed and recognized as revenue is reflected in the balance sheet as either contract revenues in excess of billings or billings in excess of contract revenues.  Modifications may be negotiated when a change from the original contract specifications is encountered, necessitating a change in project scope or performance methodology and/or material disposal. Significant expenditures incurred incidental to major contracts are deferred and recognized as costs of contracts based on contract performance over the duration of the related project.  These expenditures are reported as prepaid expenses.

 

Costs and Expenses

 

The components of costs of contract revenues include labor, equipment (including depreciation, insurance, fuel, maintenance and supplies), subcontracts, rentals, lease expense, and project overhead.  The hourly labor is generally hired on a project basis and laid off upon the completion of the project.  Costs of contract revenues vary significantly depending on the type and location of work performed and assets utilized.  Generally, capital projects have the highest margins due

 

22



 

to the complexity of the projects, while beach nourishment projects have the most volatile margins because they are most often exposed to weather conditions.

 

The Company’s cost structure includes significant fixed costs, averaging approximately 22% to 25% of total costs of contract revenues.  The Company can have significant fluctuations in equipment utilization throughout the year.  Accordingly, for interim reporting, the Company prepays or accrues fixed equipment costs and amortizes the expenses in proportion to revenues recognized over the year to better match revenues and expenses.  Costs of contract revenues also include the net gain or loss on dispositions of operating property and equipment.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The Company’s significant accounting policies are discussed in the notes to the financial statements.  The application of certain of these policies requires significant judgments or an estimation process that can affect the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Company, as well as the related footnote disclosures.  The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and other assumptions that it believes are reasonable.   If actual amounts are ultimately different from previous estimates, the revisions are included in the Company’s results of operations for the period in which the actual amounts become known.  The following accounting policies comprise those that management believes are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating the Company’s reported financial results.

 

Percentage-of-completion method of revenue recognition – The Company’s contract revenues are recognized under the percentage-of-completion method, which is by its nature based on an estimation process.  For dredging projects, the Company uses engineering estimates of the physical percentage of completion.  For demolition projects, the Company uses estimates of remaining costs-to-complete to determine project percent complete.  In preparing its estimates, the Company draws on its extensive experience in the dredging and demolition businesses and its database of historical information to assure that its estimates are as accurate as possible, given current circumstances.   Provisions for estimated losses on contracts in progress are made in the period in which such losses are determined.  Claims for additional compensation are not recognized in contract revenues until such claims are settled.  It is reasonably possible that cost and profit estimates may be revised in the near-term to reflect changes in project performance.

 

Impairment of goodwill – Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually or more frequently if impairment indicators are identified. The assessment requires various assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows to determine the fair value of the reporting units to which the goodwill relates. If these estimates or their related assumptions change the fair value of the reporting units in the future, the Company may be required to record an impairment to goodwill.

 

Impairment of long-lived assets – In assessing the recoverability of the Company’s long-lived assets, primarily operating equipment and intangible assets other than goodwill, the Company makes assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets. As it relates to its operating equipment, the Company may estimate cash flows and make assumptions regarding useful lives based on internal historical operating data.  If these estimates or their related assumptions change the fair value of these assets in the future, the Company may be required to record impairment charges.

 

23



 

Self-insurance reserves – The Company self-insures estimated costs associated with workers’ compensation claims, hull and equipment liability and general business liabilities, up to certain limits.  Insurance reserves are established for estimates of the loss that the Company will ultimately incur on reported claims, as well as estimates of claims that have been incurred but not yet reported.  In determining its estimates, the Company incorporates historical loss experience and judgments about the present and expected levels of cost per claim.  Trends in actual experience are a significant factor in determination of such reserves.

 

Income taxes – The Company calculates its current and deferred tax provision based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed during the subsequent year.  Adjustments based on filed returns are recorded when indentified, which is generally in the third quarter of the subsequent year for U.S. federal and state provisions.  The amount of income taxes the Company pays is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which may result in proposed assessments.  The Company’s estimate for the potential outcome for any uncertain tax issue is highly judgmental.  Management believes it has adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcome related to these matters.  However, the Company’s future results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments to estimated tax liabilities in the period the assessments are made or resolved or when statutes of limitation on potential assessments expire.

 

24



 

Quarterly Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth the components of net income (loss) on a quarterly basis for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.

 

 

 

Successor Basis

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

Sept. 30

 

Dec. 31

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenues

 

$

103.9

 

$

72.1

 

$

66.5

 

$

108.3

 

Costs of contract revenues

 

(87.5

)

(66.3

)

(62.1

)

(99.0

)

Gross profit

 

16.4

 

5.8

 

4.4

 

9.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(6.9

)

(5.4

)

(7.0

)

(7.4

)

Amortization of intangible assets

 

(1.8

)

(1.1

)

(0.7

)

(0.6

)

Subpoena-related expenses

 

 

(0.8

)

(0.7

)

(0.8

)

Sale-related expenses.

 

(0.2

)

 

(0.1

)

 

Operating income (loss)

 

7.5

 

(1.5

)

(4.1

)

0.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

(4.6

)

(7.0

)

(3.4

)

(5.3

)

Equity in earnings of joint ventures

 

0.1

 

0.7

 

0.7

 

0.8

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

3.0

 

(7.8

)

(6.7

)

(4.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (provision) 

 

(1.3

)

2.4

 

2.1

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

1.7

 

$

(5.4

)

$

(4.6

)

$

(2.8

)

 

 

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

Sept. 30

 

Dec. 31

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenues

 

$

99.7

 

$

104.4

 

$

98.1

 

$

96.6

 

Costs of contract revenues

 

(81.7

)

(89.3

)

(80.0

)

(77.2

)

Gross profit

 

18.0

 

15.1

 

18.1

 

19.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(6.9

)

(6.5

)

(6.8

)

(7.7

)

Sale-related expenses

 

 

 

 

(10.6

)

Operating income

 

11.1

 

8.6

 

11.3

 

1.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

(5.1

)

(5.1

)

(5.2

)

(5.3

)

Sale-related financing costs

 

 

 

 

(13.1

)

Equity in earnings of joint ventures

 

0.1

 

0.6

 

0.3

 

0.4

 

Minority interests

 

 

0.1

 

(0.1

)

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

6.1

 

4.2

 

6.3

 

(16.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (provision) 

 

(2.6

)

(1.7

)

(2.8

)

5.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

3.5

 

$

2.5

 

$

3.5

 

$

(11.1

)

 

25



 

Results of Operations – Fiscal Years

 

The following table sets forth the components of net income as a percentage of contract revenues for the years ended December 31:

 

 

 

Successor
Basis

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenues

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

Costs of contract revenues

 

(89.8

)

(82.3

)

(81.2

)

Gross profit

 

10.2

 

17.7

 

18.8

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(7.6

)

(7.0

)

(8.2

)

Amortization of intangible assets

 

(1.2

)

 

 

Subpoena-related expenses

 

(0.7

)

 

 

Sale-related expenses

 

 

(2.7

)

 

Operating income

 

0.7

 

8.0

 

10.6

 

Interest expense, net

 

(5.8

)

(5.2

)

(5.9

)

Sale-related financing costs

 

 

(3.3

)

 

Equity in earnings of joint ventures

 

0.7

 

0.4

 

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

0.1

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

(4.4

)

(0.1

)

4.8

 

Income tax benefit (provision)

 

1.2

 

(0.3

)

(1.2

)

Net income (loss)

 

(3.2

)%

(0.4

)%

3.6

%

 

26



 

Components of Contract Revenues and Backlog

 

The following table sets forth, by segment and type of work, the Company’s contract revenues for the years ended and backlog as of December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Successor
Basis

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dredging:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital - U.S.

 

$

141,674

 

$

203,699

 

$

122,158

 

Capital - foreign

 

62,862

 

60,922

 

52,294

 

Beach nourishment

 

51,289

 

47,858

 

87,372

 

Maintenance

 

57,982

 

48,351

 

51,274

 

Demolition

 

37,055

 

37,970

 

49,504

 

 

 

$

350,862

 

$

398,800

 

$

362,602

 

 

 

 

Successor Basis

 

Predecessor
Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Backlog

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dredging:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital - U.S.

 

$

180,886

 

$

101,128

 

$

262,680

 

Capital - foreign

 

42,617

 

30,259

 

55,168

 

Beach nourishment

 

23,178

 

40,396

 

25,239

 

Maintenance

 

33,075

 

18,412

 

7,367

 

Demolition

 

11,361

 

10,618

 

15,198

 

 

 

$

291,117

 

$

200,813

 

$

365,652

 

 

The year ended December 31, 2004 was a challenging period for the Company. The 2004 domestic dredging bid market continued to be slow through the first half of the year, with awards valued at only $230 million.  This followed a reduced 2003 bid market which, at $425 million, was down significantly from the average market over the previous five years (1998 to 2002) of approximately $650 million.  As a result of the decline in the bid market during this period, by the second quarter of 2004, the industry’s dredging fleet was under-utilized, particularly with respect to the hopper fleet.  As such, this led to intense competition and compressed margins for those projects that were bid, as the various industry participants strived to gain utilization for their equipment.  The Corps’ annual budgets have remained at similar levels over these recent years, so the reduction in bidding activity does not appear to be a result of reduced budget appropriations.  Based on discussions with Corps’ representatives and other observations within the industry, Company management attributes the slow-down to: 1) the diversion of Corps’ personnel and financial resources to the reconstruction efforts in Iraq, 2) the Corps’ internal administrative reorganization which may have delayed the specific districts’ efforts to request and receive funding, and 3) general uncertainty going into 2004 with respect to outcome of the 2004 elections and the impact on the fiscal year 2005 budget (which commenced September 1, 2004).  Therefore, while appropriations were at levels consistent with recent years, it did not

 

27



 

appear that funds were actually being distributed to the various Corps’ districts for use on their projects. This was further supported by the Corps’ postponement of certain work in the Company’s backlog at the end of 2003 due to a lack of current funding.  Bidding activity accelerated in the second-half of 2004, but still reflected very competitive pricing.  With awards valued at over $500 million in the second half of the year, the 2004 full-year bid market totaled $738 million.  Thus, by year-end, the excess capacity within the industry was diminishing, but pricing has still been unpredictable in recent bids.  Management believes this is likely due to continued uncertainty surrounding the Corps’ ability to obtain funding for its authorized projects, given budgetary pressures brought about by the federal deficit and the U.S. military’s ongoing presence in Iraq.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

The Company’s revenues for 2004 were $350.9 million, representing a decline of $47.9 million, or 12.0%, compared to 2003 revenues of $398.8 million.  The decline in revenues was driven by the reduction in domestic capital dredging revenue resulting from the Corps’ postponement of certain capital project work within the Company’s backlog, coupled with the reduction in bidding activity as discussed above. This impact was particularly evident in the second and third quarters of 2004, when the Company was unable to perform on certain projects in backlog due to the Corps’ funding constraints and was unable to take on sufficient new work to mitigate the situation due to the contraction in the domestic bid market and the intense competition for bids therein.  Therefore, the Company experienced a drop in equipment utilization and revenue in these quarters, particularly with respect to its hopper dredge operations.

 

The Company’s 2004 gross profit margin was 10.2%, which declined from the 2003 level of 17.7%. The decline in 2004’s gross profit margin was attributable to a number of factors, including: 1) the mix of projects performed during the year, some of which were at inherently lower margins given the competitive environment in which they were bid and some of which were negatively impacted by the hurricanes experienced primarily in the third quarter, 2) the impact of fixed costs relative to the reduced level of utilization for the year, and 3) approximately $6.0 million (or approximately 2% of 2004 revenues) of incremental depreciation expense resulting from the revaluation of the Company’s operating assets in connection with the sale of the Company in December of 2003.

 

Domestic capital dredging project revenues decreased $62.0 million, or 30.4%, to $141.7 million in 2004 from $203.7 million in 2003.  As mentioned above, the decrease resulted in part from the Corps’ postponement of capital project work within the Company’s backlog.  A portion of the work on the Company’s Brunswick and Wilmington Deep Port projects was deferred until the Corps has remaining funds available, expected to be in 2005 and 2006; therefore, the Company was unable to perform as much of this work in 2004 as originally anticipated.  Additionally, because very little capital work was bid in the second half of 2003 or first half of 2004, the Company did not take on new capital work which could be performed during the earlier part of 2004.  As bid activity and funding increased in the second half of 2004, the Company was able to perform more domestic capital project work. Therefore, the Company’s capital dredging revenues in the fourth quarter of 2004 actually exceeded the capital revenues in the same period of 2003, but this did not make up for the significant decline through the first nine months of 2004 resulting from the work deferrals and lack of new work.

 

28


 


 

The Company’s 2004 revenues from beach nourishment projects of $51.3 million were relatively consistent with the 2003 level of $47.9 million.  The 2004 beach bid market remained strong at approximately $110 million; however, the majority of the Company’s 2004 beach revenues were generated by projects in the Company’s backlog at the end of 2003.

 

Revenues from maintenance projects in 2004 increased $9.6 million, or 19.9%, to $58.0 million compared to $48.4 million in 2003. The annual maintenance dredging volume can vary depending on levels of Midwest precipitation experienced during the winter months, and the active hurricane season in 2004 may have created additional shoaling as well, since the 2004 annual market was somewhat larger than in recent years.

 

Revenues from foreign dredging operations in 2004 totaled $62.8 million, which is consistent with 2003 revenues of $60.9 million, as the Company incurred similar levels of utilization for its foreign-based fleet.

 

NASDI’s 2004 demolition revenues totaled $37.1 million, which was consistent with its 2003 revenues of $38.0 million.  The gross profit margin attributable to NASDI’s demolition business improved in 2004 to 16.8%, from 13.0% in 2003, due to the mix of projects performed and the benefit of salvage revenue realized on one of NASDI’s large infrastructure take-downs.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, general and administrative expenses totaled $33.5 million, compared to $27.9 million in 2003 (excluding $10.6 million of nonrecurring sale-related expenses).  The 2004 expenses include approximately $2.3 million of incremental legal and other costs related to the provision of documents in response to the Department of Justice’s subpoena and $1.3 million for the anticipated settlement cost of ongoing litigation against NASDI, as further described in Item 3, “Legal Proceedings.”  Additionally, in 2004, the Company incurred non-cash amortization of $4.2 million relating to intangible assets established in purchase accounting with respect to the Company’s sale in December 2003.  If not for these incremental costs, the Company’s savings in 2004 general and administrative expenses relative to 2003 would have been approximately $2.2 million, relating primarily to reductions in incentive pay and profit sharing expenses due to the Company’s reduced level of earnings in 2004.

 

The Company’s net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 totaled $20.3 million compared to $20.7 million in 2003.  In connection with the sale of the Company in December 2003, the Company’s debt level increased to approximately $260 million at the beginning of 2004, compared to outstanding debt of approximately $160 million prior to the sale.  However, despite the increase in debt, cash interest expense has remained comparable due to the significantly lower interest rates on the new debt structure.  In 2003, the Company incurred additional financing costs of $13.1 million related to the early extinguishment of its former debt, including call and tender premiums to retire the old notes and the write-off of deferred financing costs related to its former debt.

 

As a result of its 2004 net operating loss, the Company generated an income tax benefit of $4.4 million.  In 2003, as a result of the significant tax deductions for the sale-related expenses, the Company had a loss for federal tax purposes that was carried back to earlier years resulting in no 2003 federal provision; therefore, the 2003 income tax expense of $1.3 million related primarily to current state and foreign taxes.

 

29



 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company incurred a net loss of $11.1 million compared to a net loss of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.  The 2004 net loss reflects the impact of incremental depreciation and amortization expense of approximately $10.0 million resulting from the revaluation of the Company’s assets and liabilities in connection with the sale of the Company in December 2003, as well as the impact of reduced margins and additional general and administrative expenses, as discussed previously.   The 2003 net loss was a result of the nonrecurring sale-related expenses mentioned previously.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

 

The Company’s revenues for 2003 were $398.8 million, which compared to $362.6 million in 2002.  In 2003, domestic capital dredging revenues increased $81.5 million and represented 56.5% of the Company’s dredging revenue in 2003, as compared to 39.0% in 2002.  This increase was anticipated since domestic capital dredging revenues comprised over 70% of the Company’s 2002 year-end backlog.

 

The Company’s 2003 gross profit margin was 17.7%, which declined from the 2002 level of 18.8%.   Although domestic capital dredging work is typically performed at higher margins than foreign or other domestic dredging types of work, certain of the domestic capital dredging projects performed in 2003 had margins that were estimated at lower than historical levels for capital work, due to the specific characteristics of these projects.  For instance, both the Houston and Manatee Harbor port deepening projects included a subcontract component that did not reflect the same level of margins achieved on the dredging work, such that the overall project margin was diluted and appeared lower than average.  Additionally, due to continued competition in the demolition industry, NASDI experienced lower margins on certain of its demolition projects in 2003, which also contributed to the decline in the margin percentage on a consolidated basis.  The impact on 2003 margins by the capital dredging and demolition revenues was mitigated by stronger performance on certain beach and maintenance dredging projects executed in the 2003 period as compared to those performed in the 2002 period, which were more negatively impacted by weather conditions and mechanical delays.

 

The Company also completed another small capital project in 2003 to assist in planning for the Louisiana Coastal Restoration Plan, which may provide significant dredging opportunities over the next five to 10 years.  This was a $3.0 million sediment diversion project commissioned by the Corps in order to accumulate information on how quickly major diversions can rebuild the coastal marshes.

 

In 2003, revenues from beach nourishment projects decreased $39.5 million, or 45.2%, compared to 2002, as the Company’s dredging assets were highly utilized on capital dredging projects during the year. Although the level of beach revenues declined relative to 2002, the margin achieved by the beach nourishment projects performed in 2003 generally exceeded the margins of projects performed in 2002, since a number of the projects performed in 2002 were negatively impacted by weather conditions and mechanical delays.

 

Revenues from maintenance projects for the year ended December 31, 2003 decreased $2.9 million, or 5.7%, over 2002 but were consistent with typical maintenance dredging volume,

 

30



 

which varies depending on levels of Midwest precipitation experienced during the winter months as well as the Company’s available equipment capacity.

 

Revenues from foreign dredging operations in 2003 increased $8.6 million, or 16.5%, compared to 2002 and were generated predominantly by  the Company’s long-term project in Ghana, West Africa, which began in the first quarter of 2000 and was substantially complete by the end of 2003, and a terminal project in Bahrain, which began late in 2001 and continued through 2003.  In 2003, as part of the reconstruction efforts following the war in Iraq, the Company also successfully completed a $15.9 million dredging assignment in the port of Umm Qasr, the purpose of which was to enable aid ships to enter the port area to offload.

 

NASDI’s 2003 demolition revenues declined $11.5 million, or 23.3%, compared to 2002.  The decline in 2003 revenues was due to increased competition in the New England demolition market.  Management believes that certain demolition projects have been deferred due to the slow down in the economy over the past couple of years.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company’s general and administrative expenses, excluding sale-related expenses, totaled $27.9 million, which decreased $1.9 million from the 2002 level of $29.8 million. The 2002 expenses included $1.3 million in discretionary bonuses paid to certain members of management for their efforts relating to the ongoing Chicago flood insurance litigation, which was conclusively settled in the second quarter of 2002.   In December of 2003, the Company incurred additional nonrecurring sale-related operating expenses of $10.6 million for advisory fees and discretionary bonuses paid to certain members of management in connection with the sale of the Company.

 

In connection with the sale of the Company in December, all of the former debt was paid off, including the Company’s $155 million of 11¼% senior subordinated notes due 2008.  As a result, in 2003 the Company incurred additional financing costs of $13.1 million related to the early extinguishment of its former debt, including call and tender premiums to retire the old notes and the write-off of deferred financing costs related to its former debt.

 

In 2003, as a result of the significant tax deductions for the sale-related expenses, the Company had a loss for federal tax purposes, but incurred a tax expense of $1.3 million related primarily to state and foreign taxes.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company incurred a net loss of $1.6 million compared to net income of $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.  The 2003 net loss was a result of the nonrecurring sale-related expenses discussed above.

 

Bidding Activity and Backlog

 

The Company’s contract backlog represents management’s estimate of the revenues which will be realized under the portion of the contracts remaining to be performed.  Such estimates are subject to fluctuations based upon the amount of material actually dredged as well as factors affecting the time required to complete the job.  In addition, because a substantial portion of the Company’s backlog relates to government contracts, the Company’s backlog can be canceled at

 

31



 

any time without penalty; however, the Company can generally recover the actual committed costs and profit on work performed up to the date of cancellation.  Consequently, backlog is not necessarily indicative of future results.  The Company’s backlog includes only those projects for which the customer has provided an executed contract.

 

Dredging .  The majority of the 2004 bid market, which totaled $738 million, was bid during the second half of the year.  This is a solid improvement over the 2003 bid market, which was lower than typical, totaling only $425 million, and compares favorably to the five-year average from 1998-2002 of $650 million.  The 2004 bid market includes the award of the $66 million Deep Port project in Brunswick that bid in 2002, but was not awarded until 2004.  After considering this project, the 2004 bid market concluded at a level on par with historical averages, and Great Lakes was the successful bidder on projects valued at approximately $319 million, representing 43% of the domestic bid market, in line with its historical market share (1999-2003) of 41%.

 

Given the volume of work bid throughout the latter half of 2004 and the Company’s success in winning its typical share of this work, the Company increased its dredging backlog at December 31, 2004 to $279.8 million, which is consistent with its backlog at September 30, 2004, and is significantly improved from its backlog at December 31, 2003 of $190.2 million.

 

Approximately two-thirds of the Company’s year-end dredging backlog, or $180.9 million, consists of Deep Port or other domestic capital dredging work, which will be substantially performed in 2005.  Seven Deep Port projects were bid and/or awarded in 2004 (including the Brunswick project which was bid in 2002 but not awarded until 2004), with a total value of $250 million.  Great Lakes won four of these projects, valued at $165 million.  Two other small Deep Port projects were also bid in 2004 and awarded to competitors.  The 2004 market also included other capital projects not funded by the Deep Port program valued at approximately $84 million; however the Company won only an inconsequential amount of this work.

 

The WRDA legislation, which provides authorization for the start or continuation of various projects in the Corps’ Deep Port program, has historically been enacted every other year.  However, presently the most recent WRDA legislation enacted was in 2000.  The proposed biannual updates were not passed by Congress in either 2002 or 2004.  The WRDA legislation is again expected to be reintroduced in 2005, with authorizations to continue the next deepening phases for the certain of the major ports.  Passage of a new WRDA Act is not crucial at this point, since the Corps continues to schedule and bid the Deep Port projects which have already been authorized under the 2000 WRDA or previous WRDA legislation.  The Deep Port projects currently underway are not fully functional until all parts of the channels are taken to their final depths, and the other authorized projects have been proven necessary to accommodate the deeper draft vessels in use throughout the world.  The Company does continue to follow the progress of the WRDA legislation, as it is important for future years’ bid markets.

 

Foreign capital backlog increased to $42.6 million at the end of 2004 compared to $30.3 million at the end of 2003, reflecting additions to backlog for a large LNG terminal project in Ocean Cay, Bahamas and a new land development project in Bahrain.

 

The 2004 beach nourishment bid market totaled $110 million, which is in line with the average beach bid market over the last five years of $105 million.  The Company won $30 million, or 27%, of this work, bringing the Company’s beach backlog to $23.2 million at December 31,

 

32



 

2004.  This was lower than the Company’s five-year historical average market share of 55% for beach work, given the extremely competitive pricing of the projects bid in 2004.  Due to the active hurricane season experienced in 2004, much of the work currently scheduled to bid is beach work, with projects valued in excess of $200 million identified for 2005 bidding.  The Corps’ fiscal year 2005 budget, as finally passed , included no federal funding appropriation for beach nourishment.  Therefore, the beach work which has recently come out for bid and that which is expected to bid in the near term is being funded by an emergency supplemental bill which identified $56 million for emergency beach restoration.  As noted previously, the Federal funding of shoreline protection has often been the target of administrations seeking to control spending; however, the congressional lobbies have typically been successful in restoring some level of funding, given the relative low-cost versus the justifiable benefits attributable to the tourism and development along their State’s coastlines.

 

The 2004 maintenance bid market totaled $292 million, which exceeded the average maintenance market over the previous five years of $208 million.  The Company’s share of the 2004 market was 31%, in line with its historical average, and included a $30 million multi-year contract.   The active storm season in 2004 may have created additional shoaling along certain of the navigational channels in the Southeast, leading to increased maintenance dredging requirements in 2004.

 

At December 31, 2004, the Company had dredging work pending award valued at $127.9 million.  This included low bids for a $26 million beach nourishment project in Broward County, Florida and additional work phases on the land development project in Bahrain, as well as options related to projects currently in backlog at year-end.  The revenue value of these low bids and options pending award will be reflected in the Company’s backlog upon execution of signed agreements for the work.

 

Demolition .  The Company’s demolition backlog at December 31, 2004 totaled $11.4 million, which compares to $10.6 million at December 31, 2003.  The 2004 year-end backlog includes three new projects each valued in excess of $1 million and a typical complement of mid-size projects. With an improved economy in the New England area and NASDI’s limited expansion into the Florida market, NASDI anticipates opportunities to bid on number of larger projects  over the next year, increasing the potential for improved margins in this segment.

 

Changes in Financial Condition

 

As discussed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, the Company accounted for the acquisition by GLDD Acquisitions Corp. as a purchase, in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.”  This resulted in a new basis of accounting, effective December 31, 2003, at which point the Company reflected its assets and liabilities at fair value.  The excess of the purchase price paid over the net assets acquired was allocated primarily to property and equipment and other intangible assets, and deferred taxes related thereto, with the remaining excess recorded as goodwill.

 

33



 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Historical

 

The Company’s principal sources of liquidity are cash flow generated from operations and borrowings under its senior credit facility (see Note 11, “Long-term Debt” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements).  The Company’s principal uses of cash are to meet debt service requirements, finance its capital expenditures, provide working capital and meet other general corporate purposes.

 

The Company’s net cash flows provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 (Successor Basis) and years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 (Predecessor Basis)  totaled $14.3 million, $25.5 million and $28.4 million, respectively.  The fluctuation in the Company’s operating cash flows was primarily due to the normal timing differences on the recognition and billing of revenues, relative to the current level of activity.  In 2004, the Company’s cash flows from operations benefited from the receipt of income tax refunds in connection with the payment of expenses related to the sale in December 2003.

 

The Company’s net cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 (Successor Basis) and years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 (Predecessor Basis) were $9.5 million, $34.2 million and $17.2 million, respectively.  The use of cash relates primarily to equipment acquisitions, offset by proceeds on the sale of equipment.  In 2004, the Company incurred capital expenditures of $23.1 million.  This was offset by proceeds of $10.3 million, which included $4.6 million for a rock barge that was constructed in 2004 and then sold and leased back under an operating lease, $4.7 million for capital improvements on the Company’s mechanical dredges that were reimbursed and financed by the lessor, and proceeds for other miscellaneous equipment disposals.  In 2004, the Company also received distributions from its equity joint ventures totaling $1.9 million. In 2003, the Company incurred capital expenditures of $37.7 million, which included $15.3 million used to purchase two dredging vessels and certain ancillary equipment that were previously under an operating lease, as well as $3.6 million spent on construction of a barge, which was funded through a like-kind exchange transaction in connection with the sale of two tugboats in 2003, for which the Company received proceeds of $5.2 million.  In 2003, the Company also utilized $1.0 million to purchase 50% of a real estate interest related to its Amboy joint venture and received $1.2 million related to the sale of its investment in Riovia S.A., a joint venture formed to perform a dredging project in Argentina.  In 2002, the Company used $4.5 million to purchase the minority partner’s interests in NATCO Limited Partnership and North American Trailing Company.

 

The Company’s net cash flows used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 (Successor Basis) and the year ended December 31, 2002 (Predecessor Basis) were $5.6 million and $12.3 million, respectively, primarily related to scheduled payments under the Company’s senior credit facilities.  In 2004, the Company also made a voluntary prepayment under its term loan of $2.5 million and incurred financing fees of $1.1 million to obtain an amendment to its Credit Agreement and Equipment Term Loan (collectively, “Senior Credit Agreements”), as discussed below.  For the year ended December 31, 2003 (Predecessor Basis), the Company generated net cash flows from financing activities of $14.8 million, reflecting new borrowings of  $23.4 million under the Equipment Term Loan, which was used to refinance borrowings incurred under the former revolving credit facility, including $15.0 million in borrowings that were used

 

34



 

to purchase certain dredging equipment which had previously been under operating lease, as mentioned above, offset by payments under its former term senior debt.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company’s Successor Basis net cash flows reflected the impact of the sale of the Company in December 2003.  The Company’s net cash flow used in operations totaled $6.5 million for the payment of accrued interest on the Company’s former debt.  Successor Basis net cash flows used in investing activities were $149.1 million, reflecting the consideration paid to the Company’s former equity holders and related expenses in connection with the sale.  Successor Basis net cash flows from financing activities totaled $150.8 million which represented payments to extinguish the Company’s former debt, offset by proceeds from the issuance of new equity and new senior subordinated notes and bank debt also in connection with the sale.

 

Prospective

 

As a result of the sale of the Company in December 2003, the Company’s debt level increased to approximately $260 million. However, despite the increased debt level, the Company’s debt service requirements have been reduced due to lower interest rates on the new debt and reduced amortization requirements.  The Company anticipates cash interest expense of approximately $17.5 million annually, in the current interest rate environment, compared to $19 to $20 million annually in recent years.

 

The Company’s Credit Agreement contains various restrictive covenants. It prohibits the Company from prepaying other indebtedness, including the senior subordinated notes, and it requires the Company to satisfy financial condition tests and to maintain specified financial ratios, such as a maximum total leverage ratio, maximum senior leverage ratio, minimum interest coverage ratio and maximum capital expenditures.  It also prohibits the Company from declaring or paying any dividends and from making any payments with respect to the senior subordinated notes if it fails to perform its obligations under, or fails to meet the conditions of, the Credit Agreement or if payment creates a default under the Credit Agreement.  The Company’s bonding agreement and Equipment Term Loan contain similar restrictive covenants and financial condition tests.

 

Due to the reduction in the Company’s earnings, the Company sought an amendment from its senior lenders of the covenants in its Senior Credit Agreements to provide greater flexibility to work through this challenging period.  These agreements were amended effective September 30, 2004 to allow additional flexibility in the Company’s leverage and interest coverage ratios, including replacement of the total leverage ratio with a required minimum EBITDA, as defined in the Senior Credit Agreements, through 2005.  In exchange, the Company’s capital spending limits were reduced and the Company’s borrowing availability under its Credit Agreement was reduced to $45 million (with a sub-limit of $35 million for letters of credit and $15 million for revolver borrowings), until such time that the Company achieves certain defined financial measures.  The Company’s bonding agreement was also amended to revise the minimum net worth requirements.   At December 31, 2004, the Company was in compliance with all of the revised covenants.  The required minimum EBITDA levels under the revised Senior Credit Agreements are restrictive, but Company management believes they have positive relationships with the Company’s senior lenders, should it be necessary to request an additional amendment or waiver to the financial covenants.   However, if there is a future violation of any of the financial

 

35



 

covenants and the Company is not successful in obtaining an additional amendment or waiver, a default would occur under the Company’s Senior Credit Agreements, which could result in a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition.

 

The indenture governing the senior subordinated notes, among other things: (1) restricts the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, issue shares of preferred stock, incur liens, pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments and enter into certain transactions with affiliates; (2) prohibits certain restrictions on the ability of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or make certain payments to it; and (3) places restrictions on its ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to merge or consolidate with any other person or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its  assets.  The indenture related to the senior subordinated notes and the Credit Agreement also contain various covenants that limit the Company’s discretion in the operation of its businesses.

 

In February 2004, the Company entered into an interest rate swap arrangement to swap a notional amount of $50 million from a fixed rate of 7.75% to a floating LIBOR-based rate in order to manage the interest rate paid with respect to the Company’s senior subordinated notes.  At December 31, 2004, the fair value accounting for the swap resulted in $0.7 million of an additional non-cash charge to interest expense.   While this represents the current fair value of the swap arrangement based on the anticipated future rates, the Company did receive payments of approximately $0.5 million in 2004 on this swap arrangement, such that cash flow has been positively impacted to date.  The swap is not accounted for as a hedge, so the fair value is recorded directly to interest expense, thereby introducing potential income volatility on a quarter-by-quarter basis.

 

The Company has entered into operating lease agreements for certain dredging assets and office space, which require annual operating lease payments declining from $15 million to $11 million over the next five years.  See Note 14, “Lease Commitments” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  Additionally, the Company expects to incur annual maintenance expenses of approximately $26 million to $28 million.  Amounts expended for operating leases and maintenance expenses are charged to operations on an annual basis. Planned capital expenditures, which primarily include support equipment and equipment upgrades, are expected to require spending of approximately $13 million to $18 million annually, to the extent permitted by the Company’s revised Senior Credit Agreements.

 

Management believes that cash flows from operations combined with the revised availability under the revolver (which is part of the Credit Agreement mentioned above) will be sufficient to fund the Company’s operations, debt service and capital expenditures for the next year.  In 2004, the Company was able to reduce its discretionary capital and overhead spending in response to its reduced level of earnings, and would anticipate continuing to make such reductions should the earnings levels in subsequent years necessitate it.  The Company’s ability to fund its working capital needs, planned capital expenditures and scheduled debt payments, and to comply with all of the financial covenants under its debt agreements, depends on its future operating performance and cash flow, which in turn, are subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, some of which are beyond the Company’s control.

 

36



 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2004.  Additional information related to these obligations can be found in Notes 11 and 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

 

Obligations coming due in year(s) ending:

 

 

 

Total

 

2005

 

2006-
2008

 

2009-
2011

 

2012 and
beyond

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long term bank debt (1)

 

$

79.4

 

$

3.6

 

$

10.8

 

$

65.0

 

$

 

Equipment term debt (1)

 

29.2

 

3.4

 

9.3

 

8.0

 

8.5

 

Senior subordinated notes (2)

 

297.1

 

13.6

 

40.7

 

40.7

 

202.1

 

Operating lease commitments

 

128.0

 

15.2

 

40.4

 

26.8

 

45.6

 

Capital lease obligations

 

1.9

 

0.7

 

1.2

 

 

 

Purchase obligations (3)

 

1.3

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

536.9

 

$

37.8

 

$

102.4

 

$

140.5

 

$

256.2

 

 


(1)  Includes cash interest calculated at weighted average borrowing rates at December 31, 2004, assuming required principal payments are made in accordance with the agreement terms.

 

(2)  Includes cash interest payments calculated at stated fixed rate of 7.75%.

 

(3)  At December 31, 2004, the Company had an outstanding obligation of $1.3 million related to a contract to build a new dump barge for a total cost of approximately $4.5 million.  Excluding construction of new assets which the Company undertakes from time to time, the Company typically does not have purchase obligations in excess of $1.0 million outstanding at any point of time.

 

Other Off-Balance Sheet and Contingent Obligations

 

The Company has guaranteed 50% the outstanding principal and interest of Amboy’s bank loan.  There were no amounts outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2004.  Additionally, the Company had outstanding letters of credit relating to foreign contract performance guarantees and insurance payment liabilities totaling $15.1 million at December 31, 2004.  All were undrawn at year-end.

 

The Company has granted liens on certain of its operating equipment with net book values at December 31, 2004 of $85.7 million, as security for borrowings under its Credit Agreement.  The Company’s Credit Agreement also contains provisions that require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios and restrict its ability to pay dividends, incur indebtedness, create liens, and take certain other actions.

 

The Company finances certain key vessels used in its operations with off-balance sheet lease arrangements with unrelated lessors, requiring annual rentals of $15 million to $11 million over the next five years.  These off-balance sheet leases contain default provisions, which are triggered by an acceleration of debt maturity under the terms of the Company’s Credit Agreement. Additionally, the leases typically contain provisions whereby the Company indemnifies the lessors for the tax treatment attributable to such leases based on the tax rules in place at lease inception.  The tax indemnifications do not have a contractual dollar limit.

 

37



 

To date, no lessors have asserted any claims against the Company under these tax indemnification provisions.

 

Performance and bid bonds are customarily required for dredging and marine construction projects, as well as some demolition projects.  The Company obtains its performance and bid bonds through a bonding agreement with Travelers, which has been granted a security interest in a substantial portion of the Company’s operating equipment with a net book value of approximately $87.7 million at December 31, 2004. The bonding agreement also contains provisions that require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios and restrict its ability to pay dividends, incur indebtedness, create liens, and take certain other actions.  Bid bonds are generally obtained for a percentage of bid value and amounts outstanding typically range from $5 to $10 million. At December 31, 2004, the Company had outstanding performance bonds valued at approximately $520 million; however, the revenue value remaining in backlog related to these projects totaled approximately $212 million.

 

Certain foreign projects performed by the Company have warranty periods, typically spanning no more than three to five years beyond project completion, whereby the Company retains responsibility to maintain the project site to certain specifications during the warranty period.  Generally, any potential liability of the Company is mitigated by insurance, shared responsibilities with consortium partners, and/or recourse to owner-provided specifications.

 

The Company considers it unlikely that it would have to perform under any of these aforementioned contingent obligations and performance has never been required in any of these circumstances in the past.

 

Item  7A. – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

A portion of the Company’s current dredging operations are conducted outside of the U.S.  In 2004 and 2003, 20% and 17%, respectively, of dredging contract revenues were attributable to overseas operations.  It is the Company’s policy to hedge foreign currency exchange risk on contracts denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, if available.  Forward currency exchange contracts, typically with durations of less than one year, are used to minimize the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on operations. The Company does not purchase forward exchange contracts for trading purposes and had no foreign currency forward contracts outstanding at December 31, 2004 or 2003.

 

The Company’s obligations under its Senior Credit Agreements expose its earnings to changes in short-term interest rates since interest rates on this debt are variable.  If the variable interest rates on the Company’s outstanding debt were to increase in 2005 by 10% from the rates at December 31, 2004, assuming scheduled principal payments are made, interest expense would increase by $0.5 million, compared to $0.1 million for 2004, measured as of December 31, 2003.

 

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had long-term senior subordinated notes outstanding with a recorded book value of $175.0 million.   The fair value of these notes, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 7.75%, was $157.9 million and $180.3 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, based on quoted market prices.  Assuming a 10% decrease in

 

38



 

interest rates from the rates at December 31, 2004 and 2003, the fair value of this fixed rate debt would have increased to $167.5 million and $189.7 million, respectively.

 

In February 2004, the Company entered into an interest rate swap arrangement to swap a notional amount of $50.0 million from a fixed rate of 7.75% to a floating LIBOR-based rate in order to manage the interest rate paid with respect to the Company’s 7¾% senior subordinated notes.  The fair value of the swap at December 31, 2004 was $(0.7) million.  Assuming a 10% increase in interest rates at December 31, 2004, the fair value of the swap would decline to $(1.4) million.

 

A significant operating cost for the Company is diesel fuel, which represents approximately 6.6% of the Company’s costs of contract revenues.  The Company uses fuel commodity forward contracts, typically with durations of less than two years, to reduce the impacts of changing fuel prices on operations.  The Company does not purchase fuel hedges for trading purposes.  Based on the Company’s 2005 projected domestic fuel consumption, a ten cent increase in the average price per gallon of fuel would increase its fuel expense by approximately $0.9 million, after the effect of fuel commodity contracts in place as of December 31, 2004, compared to an estimated $0.5 million for 2004 measured as of December 31, 2003.  If the fuel forward rates underlying the outstanding fuel contracts increased by 10%, the fair value of these contracts would increase by $0.7 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had outstanding arrangements to hedge the price of a portion of its fuel purchases related to domestic dredging work in backlog, representing approximately 38% and 62% of its anticipated domestic fuel requirements for 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

Item  8. – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

The consolidated financial statements (including financial statement schedules listed under Item 15 of this Report) of the Company called for by this Item, together with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated March 25, 2005, are set forth on pages 54 to 86 inclusive, of this Report, and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Item.  Financial statement schedules not included in this Report have been omitted because they are not applicable or because the information called for is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item  9. – Change In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item  9A. –  Controls and Procedures

 

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.   The Company’s management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Based on that evaluation, such officers have

 

39



 

concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that all material information required to be filed in this annual report has been made known to them in a timely fashion.

 

(b) Changes in Internal Controls. There have been no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal year that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. – Other Information

 

None.

 

Part III

 

Item 10. – Directors and Executive Officers

 

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of the persons who serve as the directors and executive officers of the Company as of December 31, 2004:

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

 

 

 

 

 

Douglas B. Mackie

 

52

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Richard M. Lowry

 

49

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Deborah A. Wensel

 

43

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

William F. Pagendarm

 

55

 

Vice President – Division Manager

Steven F. O’Hara

 

50

 

Vice President – Division Manager

Bradley T. J. Hansen

 

51

 

Vice President – Division Manager

J. Christopher Gillespie

 

44

 

Vice President – International Operations

Kyle D. Johnson

 

43

 

Vice President – International Projects & Production Engineering

David E. Simonelli

 

48

 

Vice President – Manager of Technical Operations

John F. Karas

 

43

 

Vice President – Chief Estimator

Steven W. Becker

 

43

 

Plant Equipment Manager and Chief Mechanical Engineer

Leslie A. Braun

 

37

 

Financial Reporting Manager and Secretary

Donald J. Luce

 

42

 

Controller and Assistant Secretary

Samuel M. Mencoff

 

48

 

Non-executive Director

Thomas S. Souleles

 

36

 

Non-executive Director

Douglas S. Grissom

 

37

 

Non-executive Director

 

Douglas B. Mackie, President and Chief Executive Officer

Mr. Mackie has been President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company since 1995.  He joined the Company in 1978 as Corporate Counsel.  In 1987 he was named Senior Vice President.  Mr. Mackie earned a MBA from the University of Chicago and a JD from Northern Illinois University.  He is a former President of the Dredging Contractors of America.

 

40



 

Richard M. Lowry, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Mr. Lowry has been the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company since 1995.  He joined the Company in 1978 as a Project Engineer and has since held positions of increasing responsibility in the engineering and operations areas of the Company.  In 1990 he was named Senior Vice President and Chief Engineer.  He is a member of the Society of American Military Engineers. Mr. Lowry received a Bachelors Degree (Honors) in Civil Engineering from Brighton Polytechnic in England.

 

Deborah A. Wensel, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Ms. Wensel has been the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company since April 1999 and was named Senior Vice President in 2002.  Ms. Wensel joined the Company in 1987 as Accounting and Financial Reporting Supervisor.  In 1989, she was named Controller and Chief Accounting Officer.  She is the current Treasurer of the Dredging Contractors of America.  Ms. Wensel is a Certified Public Accountant and also has a MBA from the University of Chicago.

 

William F. Pagendarm, Vice President & Division Manager—Hopper

Mr. Pagendarm has been a Vice President and Division Manager of the Company since 1985.  He joined the Company in 1979 as Project Superintendent.  Mr. Pagendarm is a former President and Chairman of the Western Dredging Association. He is also a former President of the World Dredging Association. Mr. Pagendarm holds a Bachelors degree in Civil Engineering from University of Notre Dame and a MBA from the University of Chicago.

 

Steven F. O’Hara, Vice President & Division Manager—Clamshell

Mr. O’Hara has been a Vice President and Division Manager of the Company since 1988.  He joined the Company in 1978 as Cost Accountant.  He is a member of the Society of American Military Engineers.  Mr. O’Hara received a BS from the University of Illinois.

 

Bradley T. J. Hansen, Vice President & Division Manager—Hydraulic

Mr. Hansen has been a Vice President and Division Manager of the Company since 1994. He joined the Company in 1977 as an Area Engineer. He was named Vice President & General Superintendent of the Company in 1991.  Mr. Hansen earned a BS in Civil Engineering from Louisiana State University.   He is a member of the American Society of Civil Engineers.

 

J. Christopher Gillespie, Vice President—Special Projects Manager

Mr. Gillespie was named Vice President and Special Projects Manager in 1997.  He joined the Company in 1987 as a Project Engineer and previously served as a Commissioned Officer in the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.  Mr. Gillespie earned a BS in Civil Engineering from the U.S. Military Academy at West Point and a graduate degree in Environmental Engineering from the University of Tulane.  He is a member of the Society of American Military Engineers.

 

Kyle D. Johnson, Vice President—Production Engineering/Special Projects

Mr. Johnson has been Vice President and Production Engineering/Special Projects Manager since 1997.  Prior to joining the Company in 1983, he was a Project Manager with Healy Tibbits Builders.  Mr. Johnson earned a BSE in Ocean Engineering from Purdue University and a graduate degree in Construction Engineering & Management from Stanford University.  He is a member of the American Society of Civil Engineers.

 

41



 

David E. Simonelli, Vice President—Special Projects Manager

Mr. Simonelli was named Vice President and Special Projects Manager in 1996.  He joined the Company in 1984 as a Project Manager.  Mr. Simonelli earned a BS in Civil and Environmental Engineering from University of Rhode Island.  He is a member of the Hydrographic Society and the American Society of Civil Engineers.

 

John F. Karas, Vice President—Chief Estimator

Mr. Karas has been Vice President and Chief Estimator since 1992.  He joined the Company in 1983 as Project Engineer in the Hopper Division. Mr. Karas earned a Bachelors degree in Finance from University of Notre Dame.  He is a member of the Western Dredging Association.

 

Steven W. Becker, Plant Equipment Manager and Chief Mechanical Engineer

Mr. Becker has managed the Equipment Maintenance and Mechanical Engineering Departments since 1995.  He joined the Company in 1984 as a Field Engineer and holds a Bachelors degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Illinois.

 

Leslie A. Braun, Financial Reporting Manager and Secretary

Ms. Braun joined the Company in 1999 as Financial Reporting Manager and was appointed Secretary in 2000. Ms. Braun is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a B.S. degree in Accounting from University of Virginia and a MBA from Virginia Commonwealth University.

 

Donald J. Luce, Controller and Assistant Secretary

Mr. Luce has been Controller and Assistant Secretary with the Company since 1999. He joined the Company in 1984 as an Assistant Administrative Engineer and was named Cost Accounting Manager in 1990.  Mr. Luce is a Certified Public Accountant and has a MBA from Dominican University and a Masters of Liberal Arts degree from University of Chicago.

 

Samuel M. Mencoff, Director

Mr. Mencoff became a director of the Company upon completion of the acquisition by MDP in December 2003.  Mr. Mencoff has been employed principally by Madison Dearborn since 1993 and currently serves as Co-President.  From 1987 until 1993, Mr. Mencoff served as Vice President of First Chicago Venture Capital.  Mr. Mencoff is a member of the board of directors of Buckeye Technologies, Inc., Packaging Corporation of America, Jefferson Smurfit Group Limited plc, and Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C.

 

Thomas S. Souleles, Director

Mr. Souleles became a director of the Company upon completion of the acquisition by MDP in December 2003.  Mr. Souleles has been employed principally by Madison Dearborn since 1995 and currently serves as a Managing Director.  Mr. Souleles is a member of the board of directors of Packaging Corporation of America, Jefferson Smurfit Group Limited plc, Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C, and Magellan Midstream Partners, L.P.

 

Douglas C. Grissom, Director

Mr. Grissom became a director of the Company upon completion of the acquisition by MDP in December 2003.  Mr. Grissom has been employed principally by Madison Dearborn since 1999 and currently serves as a Director.  Prior to 1999, Mr. Grissom was employed by Bain Capital, Inc. Mr. Grissom is a member of the board of directors of Cbeyond Communications, LLC and Intelsat, Ltd.

 

42



 

All of the Company’s stock is owned by GLDD Acquisitions Corp.  The board of directors of Great Lakes is the same as the board of directors of GLDD Acquisitions Corp.  Pursuant to a management equity agreement, entered into among members of Great Lakes’ senior management who acquired securities of GLDD Acquisitions Corp. in connection with the sale of the Company (the “management investors”) and Madison Dearborn and certain of its affiliates and co-investors (the “MDP investors”), the management investors and the MDP investors have agreed to vote any voting securities of GLDD Acquisitions Corp. over which they have voting control to elect and continue in office, a board of directors of GLDD Acquisitions Corp. consisting of five members composed of up to four persons designated by the MDP investors and Douglas B. Mackie, as long as he serves as GLDD Acquisitions Corp.’s chief executive officer.  There are no family relationships between any of the executive officers or directors of the Company.

 

The Company’s board of directors has the power to appoint officers.  Each officer will hold office for the term determined by the Company’s board of directors and until such person’s successor is chosen and qualified or until such person’s death, resignation or removal.

 

Audit Committee

 

Great Lakes is not required to have a separately-designated standing Audit Committee composed of independent directors, as its securities are not listed on a national securities exchange.  However, on February 17, 2004, the Company’s board of directors established a separately-designated standing Audit Committee, with Messrs. Mencoff, Souleles and Grissom serving as committee members.  The board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Mencoff, Souleles and Grissom is an audit committee financial expert, as such term is defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Each of Messrs. Mencoff, Souleles and Grissom is employed by Madison Dearborn, a private equity investment firm affiliated with the Company’s controlling stockholder, and is therefore not independent.

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Company has adopted a written code of ethics that applies all of its employees, including its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, controller, and persons performing similar functions.  The Company’s code of ethics has been filed as an exhibit hereto.  The Company intends to make all required disclosures concerning any amendment to, or waivers from, its code of ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

43



 

Item 11. – Executive Compensation

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the compensation for 2004, 2003 and 2002 of Great Lakes’ Chief Executive Officer and the next four highest paid executive officers of the Company (collectively, the “Named Executive Officers”):

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Compensation

 

All Other

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary

 

Bonus (1)

 

Compensation (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Douglas B. Mackie, President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and Chief Executive Officer

 

2004

 

$

378,000

 

$

 

$

116,636

 

 

 

2003

 

378,000

 

357,233

 

154,335

 

 

 

2002

 

366,000

 

416,325

 

646,552

(5)

Richard M. Lowry, Executive Vice

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Operating Officer

 

2004

 

340,000

 

 

101,902

 

 

 

2003

 

331,000

 

312,820

 

130,469

 

 

 

2002

 

320,000

 

364,000

 

556,182

(5)

Deborah A. Wensel, Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

2004

 

197,000

 

35,000

 

126,471

(3)

 

 

2003

 

192,000

 

116,649

 

431,549

(4)

 

 

2002

 

172,000

 

125,775

 

170,994

(5)

William F. Pagendarm, Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and Division Manager

 

2004

 

169,000

 

13,000

 

27,598

 

 

 

2003

 

166,000

 

50,000

 

39,075

 

 

 

2002

 

161,000

 

60,000

 

103,027

(5)

Bradley T.J. Hansen, Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and Division Manager

 

2004

 

163,000

 

13,000

 

27,010

 

 

 

2003

 

160,000

 

50,000

 

37,599

 

 

 

2002

 

155,000

 

60,000

 

103,060

(5)

 


(1)                Attributable to the reported year, but paid in the subsequent year.

(2)                Unless otherwise indicated, amounts represent employer matching contributions and profit sharing contributions under Great Lakes’ 401(k) plan and payment of lost 401(k) benefit due to IRS limitations.

(3)                Includes forgiveness of a loan (related to prior year’s purchase of the Company’s stock) and related interest totaling $81,435.

(4)                Includes a bonus of $374,926 paid pursuant to the terms of the bonus compensation plan adopted with respect to the sale of the Company in 2003.

(5)                Includes discretionary bonus related to successful resolution of the Chicago flood insurance litigation, which was conclusively settled in 2002, in the following amounts: Mr. Mackie, $495,000; Mr. Lowry, $429,000; Ms. Wensel, $99,000; Mr. Pagendarm, $66,000; and Mr. Hansen, $66,000.

 

Option/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year

 

The Company does not issue options or stock appreciation rights.  Therefore, no stock options were granted to the Named Executive Officers for the year ended December 31, 2004, and none of the Named Executive Officers held any options at year-end or exercised any options during 2004.

 

44



 

Executive Employment Arrangements

 

The Company has entered into an Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1992, with Douglas B. Mackie.  The employment agreement provides for an initial term of three years with automatic renewal for successive one-year terms, unless sooner terminated by either party giving 90 days written notice prior to the end of the then current term.  In addition, either party may terminate the employment agreement at any time, with or without cause, by giving the other party 30 days prior written notice.

 

Mr. Mackie’s 2004 base salary under his employment agreement was $378,000, which is subject to annual increase as determined by the Compensation Committee, and benefits as provided from time to time by the Company to its senior executives.  In the event Mr. Mackie resigns for good reason (defined to include, among other things, a material breach of the employment agreement by the Company) or the employment agreement is otherwise terminated by the Company for any reason other than cause, death or permanent disability, Mr. Mackie will be entitled to receive severance compensation in the amount equal to the sum of (a) Mr. Mackie’s current annual base salary and (b) a bonus calculated by multiplying current base salary by the average percentage of Mr. Mackie’s base salary represented by the bonuses Mr. Mackie received during the term of the employment agreement.

 

During the term of the employment agreement and for one year thereafter, Mr. Mackie is prohibited from directly or indirectly carrying on, engaging or having a financial interest in any business which is in material competition with the business of the Company.

 

The Company has also entered into an employment agreement with Richard M. Lowry which contains terms substantially similar to Mr. Mackie’s employment agreement, other than the amount of base salary and the office held.  Mr. Lowry’s 2004 base salary under his employment agreement was $340,000.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

To the extent any future directors are neither employees of the Company nor the Company’s equity investors, such directors may receive fees.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

The Company established a Compensation Committee on February 17, 2004, consisting of Messrs. Mencoff, Souleles and Grissom.   The principal function of the Compensation Committee shall be to review and recommend to the board of directors, policies, practices and procedures relating to the compensation of managerial employees and the establishment and administration of employee benefit plans.  During the year ended December 31, 2004, no executive officer of the Company served as a member of the Compensation Committee or board of directors of another entity in which one of the executive officers of such entity served as a member of the Company’s Compensation Committee or board of directors.

 

45



 

Item  12. – Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GLDD Acquisitions Corp. GLDD Acquisitions Corp. was formed in connection with the Company’s acquisition by Madison Dearborn Capital Partners IV, L.P. and certain co-investors and members of the Company’s management in December 2003. The total amount of authorized capital stock of GLDD Acquisitions Corp. consists of 1,500,000 shares of common stock, 90,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 10,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2004, GLDD Acquisitions Corp. had the following number of shares outstanding: 1,000,000 shares of common stock, 77,500 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 9,500 shares of Series B Preferred Stock.  As compared to the common stock, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock have a preference on distributions, entitling them to the payment of any accrued preferred dividend (which accrues daily at a rate of 8% per year) plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon (accumulated biannually).  Additionally, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to the return of the original capital contribution made for the shares before distributions, other than tax distributions, may be made with regard to the common stock.  The common stock is the only class of equity capital entitled to vote on matters submitted to a vote.

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of GLDD Acquisitions Corp.’s common stock as of December 31, 2004, by (1) each person whom we know to own beneficially more than five percent of the outstanding shares of GLDD Acquisitions Corp.’s common stock; (2) each of GLDD Acquisitions Corp.’s directors and named executive officers; and (3) all of GLDD Acquisitions Corp.’s directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise stated, each of the persons in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the securities beneficially owned.

 

 

 

Beneficially Owned

 

 

 

Number of Shares
of Common Stock

 

Percentage of
Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Madison Dearborn (1)(2)

 

847,262

 

84.7

%

Douglas B. Mackie (3)(4)

 

31,900

 

3.2

%

Richard M. Lowry (3)

 

31,900

 

3.2

%

Deborah A. Wensel (3)

 

17,000

 

1.7

%

William F. Pagendarm (3)

 

6,000

 

0.6

%

Bradley T.J. Hansen (3)

 

6,000

 

0.6

%

Samuel M. Mencoff (1)(5)

 

 

 

Thomas S. Souleles (1)(5)

 

 

 

Douglas C. Grissom (1)(5)

 

 

 

All directors and executive officers as a group (16 persons)

 

124,400

 

12.4

%

 

46



 


(1)           The address for each of Madison Dearborn Capital Partners IV, L.P. (“MDP”) and Messrs. Mencoff, Souleles, and Grissom is c/o Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC, 70 W. Madison Street, Suite 3800, Chicago, Illinois 60602.

(2)           Includes: 843,045 shares directly owned by MDP and 4,217 shares directly owned by Special Co-Invest Partners I (“Co-Invest”).   Madison Dearborn Partners, IV (“MDP IV”) is the general partner of MDP and Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC (“MDP LLC”) is the general partner of MDP IV.   MDP IV and MDP LLC may therefore be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power with respect to all of the shares owned by MDP.   William S. Kirsch is the general partner of Co-Invest and may therefore be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power with respect to all of the shares owned by Co-Invest.  Mr. Kirsch disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held of record by Co-Invest, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.  The address for each of MDP IV, MDP LLC, Co-Invest and Mr. Kirsch is c/o Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC, 70 W. Madison Street, Suite 3800, Chicago, Illinois 60602.

(3)           The address for each of Messrs. Mackie, Lowry, Pagendarm and Hansen and Ms. Wensel is c/o Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation, 2122 York Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523.

(4)           Includes 10,000 shares held by family trusts established for the benefit of the children of Mr. Mackie.

(5)           Messrs. Mencoff and Souleles are managing directors of MDP LLC, the general partner of MDP IV, which in turn is the general partner of MDP.  As a result, Messrs. Mencoff and Souleles may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares owned by MDP.  Mr. Grissom is employed by MDP LLC and has a pecuniary interest in the shares held by MDP.  Each of Messrs. Mencoff, Souleles and Grissom disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held of record by MDP, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

 

Item  13. – Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

In connection with the sale of the Company in December 2003, the Company entered into a management equity agreement, a subscription agreement and a registration rights agreement, as further described below.

 

Management Equity Agreement

In connection with the sale, the management investors entered into a management equity agreement pursuant to which they acquired certain shares of GLDD Acquisitions Corp.’s common stock and Series B preferred stock, which are collectively referred to as the ‘‘GLDD shares.’’   Shares of common stock owned by the management investors and all other securities received on account of the ownership of such shares, which are referred to as the ‘‘incentive shares,’’ are subject to vesting as follows: 20% in December 2004; 20% in December 2005; 20% in December 2006; 20% in December 2007; and 20% in December 2008.  Subject to certain conditions, vesting on the incentive shares is subject to acceleration in the event of a sale of GLDD Acquisitions Corp. and such shares are subject to repurchase by GLDD Acquisitions Corp. in the event that any management investor ceases to be employed by the Company.  Subject to certain exceptions, transfers by management require the prior consent of GLDD Acquisitions Corp.’s board of directors.   GLDD Acquisitions Corp. is granted certain rights of first refusal in connection with certain sales of GLDD Acquisition Corp. shares by any of the management investors or their permitted assigns.  The MDP investors and the management investors have agreed to vote any voting securities of GLDD Acquisitions Corp. over which they have voting control and will take all other necessary or desirable actions within their control to elect and continue in office, boards of directors of GLDD Acquisitions Corp. consisting of five members composed of up to four persons designated by the MDP investors and Douglas B. Mackie, as long as he serves as GLDD Acquisitions Corp.’s chief executive officer. The management investors also agree to certain other voting arrangements in favor of actions taken by the MDP investors.  This agreement also contains preemptive rights in favor of the

 

47



 

management investors and participation rights with respect to certain sales by the MDP investors.

 

Subscription Agreement

Under the subscription agreement that was entered into in connection with the sale, the MDP investors acquired shares of GLDD Acquisitions Corp.’s common stock and Series A preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $97.0 million (less the amount of the equity purchased by the management investors).   The parties to the subscription agreement agreed to vote any voting securities of GLDD Acquisitions Corp. over which they have voting control in the manner in which Madison Dearborn directs in connection with approval of any amendment to GLDD Acquisitions Corp.’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws; any merger, combination or consolidation of GLDD Acquisitions Corp.; the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of GLDD Acquisitions Corp.’s assets; or the reorganization, recapitalization, liquidation or winding-up of any of GLDD Acquisitions Corp. or its subsidiaries. Subject to certain exceptions, the subscription agreement prohibits any party from transferring any of its shares without the prior written consent of Madison Dearborn. Under the terms of the subscription agreement, unless otherwise agreed to by the holders of a majority of the common stock of GLDD Acquisitions Corp., GLDD Acquisitions Corp. will be required to comply with certain covenants including, but not limited to, providing various financial statements and other information to the parties, and will be subject to certain restrictions including, but not limited to, the payment of dividends, the incurrence of debt and certain fundamental corporate transactions.

 

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the sale, the management investors and the MDP investors entered into a registration rights agreement with GLDD Acquisitions Corp. Under the registration rights agreement, the holders of at least a majority of the registrable securities held by the MDP investors have the right at any time, subject to certain conditions, to require GLDD Acquisitions Corp. to register any or all of its securities under the Securities Act on Form S-1, Form S-2 or Form S-3 at GLDD Acquisitions Corp.’s expense.  Each of these types of registrations is referred to as ‘‘demand registrations.’’  All holders of registrable securities are also entitled to request the inclusion of their securities in any registration statement at GLDD Acquisitions Corp.’s expense whenever GLDD Acquisitions Corp. proposes to register any offering of its equity securities (other than pursuant to a demand registration).

 

Management Loan

In January 2004, the Company forgave a loan to Deborah Wensel, Chief Financial Officer, relating to a prior year purchase of Company stock.  The outstanding balance under the loan, along with related interest, totaled $81,435.

 

48



 

Item 14. – Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

The Company paid the following professional fees to its principal independent accountants, Deloitte & Touche LLP, for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003:

 

 

 

Paid for the year ending December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Audit Fees (1)

 

$

630.3

 

$

495.1

 

Audit-Related Fees (2)

 

117.0

 

321.8

 

Tax Fees (3)

 

168.2

 

115.4

 

All Other Fees (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

915.5

 

$

932.3

 

 


(1)                    Audit fees include fees for services related to the Company’s annual audits and quarterly reviews performed in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards.  In 2004, the Company also paid $60,000 for the auditors’ review of the accounting for the 2003 sale of the Company.

(2)                    Audit-related fees in 2004 include $97,000 for the auditors' review of the S-4 registration statement related to the senior subordinated notes.  In 2003, the Company also paid fees of $303,800 for the auditors' issuance of a comfort letter and review of documents related to the sale of the Company and the 144A offering of senior subordinated notes.  The audit-related fees also include fees for audit of the Company's two 401(k) employee benefit plans in 2004 and 2003.

(3)                    Tax fees primarily include fees for tax planning and compliance related to the Company’s international operations, individual tax advice and return preparation for expatriate employees, and other tax advice related to specific non-routine transactions.

(4)                    The Company paid no fees to its principal independent accountants for other services.

 

Pre-Approval Policy for Independent Accountant Services

 

The Audit Committee has established a policy to pre-approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by Great Lakes’ independent accountants.  From time to time, however, circumstances may arise when it may become necessary to engage the independent accountants for additional services not contemplated in the original pre-approval.  In those instances, the Audit Committee may also pre-approve services on a case-by-case basis.  The Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to one or more of its members.   For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Audit Committee pre-approved all such audit and non-audit services, including tax services, provided by the independent accountants.

 

49



 

Part IV

 

Item  15. – Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedules

 

(a)  Documents filed as part of this report

 

1.               Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The consolidated financial statements listed below are set forth on pages 54 to 85 inclusive, of this Report and are incorporated by reference in Item 8 of this Report.

 

Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation :

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Stockholder’s Equity for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

2.               Financial Statement Schedules

 

The Report of J.H. Cohn LLP, independent public accountants, on the financial statements of Amboy Aggregates for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 is presented on page 86 and incorporated by reference herein.  All other schedules are omitted because they are not required or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

3.               Exhibits

 

The exhibits required to be filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K are listed in the “Exhibit Index” which is attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

 

50



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK CORPORATION

 

 

By:

  /s/ Douglas B. Mackie

 

 

Douglas B. Mackie
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Date: March 30, 2005

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capabilities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Date

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas B. Mackie

 

March 30, 2005

 

President, Chief Executive

Douglas B. Mackie

 

 

 

Officer and Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Deborah A. Wensel

 

March 30, 2005

 

Senior Vice President,

Deborah A. Wensel

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Samuel M. Mencoff

 

March 30, 2005

 

Director

Samuel M. Mencoff

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas S. Souleles

 

March 30, 2005

 

Director

Thomas S. Souleles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas C. Grissom

 

March 30, 2005

 

Director

Douglas C. Grissom

 

 

 

 

 

51



 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Number

 

Document Description

 

 

 

2.1

 

Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 22, 2003, among Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation, GLDD Acquisitions Corp., GLDD Merger Sub, Inc. and Vectura Holding Company LLC. (1)

3.1

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. (2)

3.2

 

Bylaws of the Company. (2)

4.1

 

Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2003, by and among GLDD Merger Sub, Inc. and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee. (1)

4.2

 

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2003, by and among Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee. (1)

4.3

 

Amendment to Indenture, dated as of January 30, 2004, by and among Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation, and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee (4)

4.4

 

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 27, 2004, by and among Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee (4)

4.5

 

Form of 7 3 /4% Senior Subordinated Note due 2013 (7)

4.6

 

Form of Guarantee to be issued by the Guarantors of the securities to be issued in this Exchange Offer subject to this Registration Statement (7)

10.1

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, among GLDD Acquisitions Corp., Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation, the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto, Lehman Brother, Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston, acting through its Cayman Islands Branch, as Joint Advisors, Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Runners, and Bank of America, N.A., as an issuer of the Letters of Credit, and as representative for the lenders. (1)

10.2

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2003, by and between Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company and General Electric Capital Corporation. (1)

10.3

 

Management Equity Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, among GLDD Acquisitions Corp., Madison Dearborn Partners IV, L.P. and the management investors from time to time party thereto. (1)

10.4

 

Subscription Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, among GLDD Acquisitions Corp., Madison Dearborn Partners IV, L.P. and the other investors from time to time party thereto. (1)

10.5

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, among GLDD Acquisitions Corp., Madison Dearborn Partners IV, L.P. and the other investors from time to time party thereto. (1)

10.6

 

Third Amended and Restated Underwriting and Continuing Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, among Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation, certain of its subsidiaries, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America. (1)

10.7

 

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2004, by and among Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation, GLDD Acquisitions Corp., the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as issuer of the Letters of Credit and as representative of the Lenders. (3)

10.8

 

First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Underwriting and Continuing Indemnity Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2004, by and among Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation, certain of its subsidiaries, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America. (3)

 

52



 

10.9

 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of September 30, 2004, by and among Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company, Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation and General Electric Capital Corporation. (3)

10.10

 

Employment Agreement between the Company and Douglas B. Mackie † (5)

10.11

 

Employment Agreement between the Company and Richard Lowry † (6)

10.12

 

Summary of Oral Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers. † *

10.13

 

Annual Cash Bonus Plan. † *

10.14

 

401(k) Savings Plan † *

10.15

 

401(k) Lost Benefit Plan. † *

12.1

 

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. *

14.1

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. (2)

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant. *

31.1

 

Certification Pursuant to Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *

31.2

 

Certification Pursuant to Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *

32.1

 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *

32.2

 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *

 


(1)                                   Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 6, 2004.

(2)                                   Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 29, 2004.

(3)                                   Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 5, 2004.

(4)                                   Incorporated by reference Form S-4 Registration Statement of the Company (File No. 333-64687) filed with the Commission on March 31, 2004.

(5)                                   Incorporated by reference Form S-4 Registration Statement of the Company (File No. 333-64687) filed with the Commission on September 29, 1998.

(6)                                   Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-4 Registration Statement of the Company (File No. 333-64687) filed with the Commission on December 14, 1998.

(7)                                   Included as part of Exhibit 4.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

*                                          Filed herewith.

                                          Compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

Supplemental Information to be Furnished with Reports Filed Pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act by Registrants Which Have Not Registered Securities Pursuant to Section 12 of the Act

 

The Company has not sent any annual report covering the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 or proxy statement, form of proxy or other proxy soliciting material to its security holders.  No such report or proxy material is expected to be furnished to security holders subsequent to the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

53



 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of

Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation

Oak Brook, Illinois

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 (successor), the related consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 (successor), the related consolidated statements of operations for each of the two years ended December 31, 2003 (predecessor), the consolidated statements of stockholder’s equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 (successor), and the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2003 (predecessor).  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.  We did not audit the financial statements of Amboy Aggregates (“Amboy”) joint venture for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company’s investment in which is accounted for using the equity method.  The Company’s equity of $6.5 million in Amboy’s net assets at December 31, 2003 and $1.0 million and $(0.4) million in Amboy’s net income (loss) for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2003, are included in the accompanying financial statements.  The financial statements of Amboy were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for such joint venture, is based solely on the report of such other auditors for the two years in the period ended December 31, 2003.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the capital stock of the Company was acquired by GLDD Acquisitions Corp. in a business combination accounted for as a purchase.  The financial statements reflect the revaluation of the net assets of the Company at the date of acquisition.  Therefore, the amounts reported on the successor basis are not comparable to the amounts shown on the predecessor basis.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 25, 2005

 

54



 

GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET S

 

December 31, 2004 and 2003

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Successor Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

1,962

 

$

2,775

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

65,762

 

64,869

 

Contract revenues in excess of billings

 

12,439

 

11,236

 

Inventories

 

16,497

 

13,603

 

Prepaid expenses

 

4,274

 

4,756

 

Other current assets

 

11,380

 

16,422

 

Total current assets

 

112,314

 

113,661

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

256,594

 

264,132

 

Goodwill

 

103,563

 

103,917

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

3,267

 

7,441

 

Inventories

 

11,278

 

10,968

 

Investments in joint ventures

 

7,965

 

7,551

 

Other

 

13,654

 

15,274

 

Total assets

 

$

508,635

 

$

522,944

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

46,770

 

$

36,991

 

Accrued expenses

 

17,676

 

15,456

 

Billings in excess of contract revenues

 

6,706

 

8,808

 

Current maturities of long-term debt

 

1,950

 

1,950

 

Total current liabilities

 

73,102

 

63,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

252,300

 

256,750

 

Deferred income taxes

 

90,429

 

96,626

 

Other

 

5,314

 

7,632

 

Total liabilities

 

421,145

 

424,213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minority interests

 

1,599

 

1,731

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholder’s equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $.01 par value; 1,000 shares issued and outstanding in 2004 and 2003

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

97,000

 

97,000

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(11,087

)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(22

)

 

Total stockholder’s equity

 

85,891

 

97,000

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

 

$

508,635

 

$

522,944

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

55



 

GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERA TIONS

 

Years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Successor
Basis

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenues

 

$

350,862

 

$

398,800

 

$

362,602

 

Costs of contract revenues

 

314,940

 

328,196

 

294,555

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

35,922

 

70,604

 

68,047

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

 

25,473

 

27,867

 

29,841

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

4,174

 

 

 

Subpoena-related expenses

 

2,317

 

 

 

Demolition litigation expense

 

1,275

 

 

 

Sale-related expenses

 

273

 

10,635

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

2,410

 

32,102

 

38,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

(20,334

)

(20,717

)

(21,134

)

Sale-related financing costs

 

 

(13,113

)

 

Equity in earnings (loss) of joint ventures

 

2,339

 

1,422

 

(49

)

Minority interests

 

132

 

28

 

400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

(15,453

)

(278

)

17,423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (provision)

 

4,366

 

(1,318

)

(4,423

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(11,087

)

$

(1,596

)

$

13,000

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

56



 

GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUI TY

 

Years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Note

 

 

 

 

 

# of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Receivable

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred

 

Common

 

Preferred

 

Common

 

Paid-in

 

Accumulated

 

Comprehensive

 

Treasury

 

From

 

 

 

 

 

Stock

 

Stock

 

Stock

 

Stock

 

Capital

 

Deficit

 

Income (Loss)

 

Stock

 

Stockholder

 

Total

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2002

 

45,000

 

5,000,000

 

$

1

 

$

50

 

$

50,457

 

$

(75,787

)

$

(407

)

$

(222

)

$

(86

)

$

(25,994

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

60

 

Repayment on note receivable from stockholder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

18

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,000

 

Reclassification of derivative gains to earnings (net of tax of $326)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(512

)

 

 

 

 

(512

)

Change in fair value of derivatives (net of tax of $652)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,022

 

 

 

 

 

1,022

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,510

 

Balance at December 31, 2002

 

45,000

 

5,000,000

 

1

 

50

 

50,457

 

(62,787

)

103

 

(162

)

(68

)

(12,406

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment on note receivable from stockholder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

68

 

Reverse stock split (1 for 100)

 

 

 

(5,000,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,596

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,596

)

Reclassification of derivative gains to earnings (net of tax of $625)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(970

)

 

 

 

 

(970

)

Change in fair value of derivatives (net of tax of $759)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,176

 

 

 

 

 

1,176

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,390

)

Effect of Transaction on Predecessor Basis

 

(45,000

)

(50,000

)

(1

)

(50

)

(50,457

)

64,383

 

(309

)

162

 

 

13,728

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor Basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of new shares to GLDD Acquisitions Corp.

 

 

1,000

 

$

 

$

 

$

97,000

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

97,000

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

97,000

 

 

 

 

 

97,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,087

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,087

)

Reclassification of derivative gains to earnings (net of tax of $1,062)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,654

)

 

 

 

 

(1,654

)

Change in fair value of derivatives (net of tax of $1,048)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

 

 

1,632

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,109

)

Balance at December 31, 2004

 

 

1,000

 

$

 

$

 

$

97,000

 

$

(11,087

)

$

(22

)

$

 

$

 

$

85,891

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

57



 

GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLO WS

 

Periods ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Successor Basis

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

Jan 1 - Dec 31,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

Jan 1 - Dec 31,
2003

 

Jan 1 - Dec 31,
2002

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(11,087

)

$

 

$

(1,596

)

$

13,000

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

26,853

 

 

16,294

 

15,915

 

Loss (earnings) of joint ventures

 

(2,339

)

 

(1,422

)

49

 

Minority interests

 

(132

)

 

(28

)

(400

)

Deferred income taxes

 

(6,388

)

 

3,906

 

(101

)

Gain on dispositions of property and equipment

 

(394

)

 

(2,506

)

(448

)

Other, net

 

1,729

 

 

5,660

 

(36

)

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(893

)

 

(12,744

)

(21,718

)

Contract revenues in excess of billings

 

(1,203

)

 

1,816

 

10,163

 

Inventories

 

(3,204

)

 

(1,461

)

410

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

4,252

 

 

(771

)

2,572

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

11,963

 

(6,458

)

17,187

 

2,972

 

Billings in excess of contract revenues

 

(2,102

)

 

(2,107

)

6,042

 

Other non-current assets and liabilities

 

(2,773

)

 

3,229

 

 

Net cash flows from operating activities

 

14,282

 

(6,458

)

25,457

 

28,420

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(23,085

)

 

(37,650

)

(18,345

)

Dispositions of property and equipment

 

10,261

 

 

5,840

 

5,598

 

Cash released from (funded to) equipment escrow

 

876

 

 

(2,451

)

 

Distributions from equity joint ventures

 

1,925

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of Predecessor common and preferred shares

 

527

 

(129,142

)

 

 

Payment of sale-related expenses

 

 

(19,994

)

 

 

Disposition of interest in Riovia investment

 

 

 

1,200

 

 

Equity investment in land

 

 

 

(1,047

)

 

Purchase portion of minority interests’ share in NASDI

 

 

 

(75

)

 

Purchase of minority partner’s share in NATCO Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Partnership and North American Trailing Company

 

 

 

 

(4,500

)

Net cash flows from investing activities

 

(9,496

)

(149,136

)

(34,183

)

(17,247

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayments of long-term debt

 

(4,450

)

(1,762

)

(9,238

)

(11,000

)

Borrowings under (repayments of) revolving loans, net

 

 

(5,000

)

1,000

 

(1,000

)

Repayment of NASDI stockholder notes

 

 

(3,000

)

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of new long-term debt

 

 

60,300

 

23,400

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of 7¾% senior subordinated notes

 

 

175,000

 

 

 

Redemption of 11¼% senior subordinated notes

 

 

(155,000

)

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of Successor common shares

 

 

94,309

 

 

 

Financing fees

 

(1,149

)

(14,050

)

(388

)

(325

)

Other

 

 

 

68

 

18

 

Net cash flows from financing activities

 

(5,599

)

150,797

 

14,842

 

(12,307

)

Net change in cash and equivalents

 

(813

)

(4,797

)

6,116

 

(1,134

)

Cash and equivalents at beginning of period

 

2,775

 

7,572

 

1,456

 

2,590

 

Cash and equivalents at end of period

 

$

1,962

 

$

2,775

 

$

7,572

 

$

1,456

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

17,483

 

$

6,458

 

$

19,286

 

$

19,677

 

Cash paid (refunded) for taxes

 

$

(5,013

)

$

 

$

6,286

 

$

6,677

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

58



 

GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMEN TS

 

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

1.                       Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies

 

Organization and recapitalization

 

Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation and its subsidiaries (the Company or Great Lakes) are in the business of marine construction, primarily dredging, and commercial and industrial demolition services. The Company’s primary dredging customers are domestic and foreign government agencies, and its primary demolition customers are general contractors, corporations that commission projects, non-profit institutions such as universities and hospitals, and local government and municipal agencies.

 

On December 22, 2003, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners IV, L.P. (MDP), an affiliate of Chicago-based private equity investment firm Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC, acquired control of Great Lakes from its former owner, Vectura Holding Company LLC (Vectura), for approximately $362 million, including fees and expenses, in a transaction accounted for as a purchase (the Transaction). The acquisition was effected by a new company established for this purpose, GLDD Acquisitions Corp., which now owns 100% of the equity securities of Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation.  Certain members of Great Lakes’ management own approximately 15% of the outstanding common stock of GLDD Acquisitions Corp. and MDP and certain of its co-investors own the remaining 85%.  See Note 2 for a description of the Transaction.

 

Principles of consolidation and basis of presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.  The equity method of accounting is used for investments in unconsolidated investees in which the Company has significant influence.   Other investments, if any, are carried at cost.

 

The acquisition of the Company by MDP was accounted for as a purchase in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 141, “Business Combinations,” resulting in a new basis of accounting subsequent to the Transaction.  For presentation herein, the financial statements up to the date of the sale are denoted as Predecessor Basis, while the financial statements prepared subsequent to the Transaction are denoted as Successor Basis.  The sale was accounted for as if it had occurred on

 

59



 

December 31, 2003.  Management determined that results of operations were not significant and no material transactions occurred during the period from December 23 to December 31, 2003.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts and disclosures.  Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Revenue and cost recognition on contracts

 

Substantially all of the Company’s contracts for dredging services are fixed-price contracts, which provide for remeasurement based on actual quantities dredged.  The majority of the Company’s demolition contracts are also fixed-price contracts, with others managed as time-and-materials or rental projects.  In accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position 81-1, “Accounting for the Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts,” contract revenues are recognized under the percentage-of-completion method, based on the Company’s engineering estimates of the physical percentage completed for dredging projects and using a cost-to-cost approach for demolition projects.  For dredging projects, costs of contract revenues are adjusted to reflect the gross profit percentage expected to be achieved upon ultimate completion of each dredging project.  For demolition contracts, contract revenues are adjusted to reflect the estimated gross profit percentage.  Provisions for estimated losses on contracts in progress are made in the period in which such losses are determined. Claims for additional compensation due the Company are not recognized in contract revenues until such claims are settled.  Billings on contracts are generally submitted after verification with the customers of physical progress and may not match the timing of revenue recognition.  The difference between amounts billed and recognized as revenue is reflected in the balance sheet as either contract revenues in excess of billings or billings in excess of contract revenues.  Modifications may be negotiated when a change from the original contract specifications is encountered, necessitating a change in project scope or performance methodology and/or material disposal.  Thus, the resulting modification is considered a change in the scope of the original project to which it relates. Significant expenditures incurred incidental to major contracts are deferred and recognized as contract costs based on contract performance over the duration of the related project.  These expenditures are reported as prepaid expenses.

 

Classification of current assets and liabilities

 

The Company includes in current assets and liabilities amounts realizable and payable in the normal course of contract completion unless completion of such contracts extends significantly beyond one year.

 

60



 

Cash equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories consist mainly of pipe, purchased spare parts, and supplies used in the Company’s dredging operations.  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, using an average cost methodology.

 

Property and equipment

 

Capital additions, improvements and major renewals are classified as property and equipment and are carried at cost.  Maintenance and repairs are charged to earnings as incurred.  Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of property and equipment using the straight-line method.  The estimated useful lives by class of assets are 10 years for buildings and improvements, 5 to 10 years for furniture and fixtures, 3 to 10 years for vehicles, dozers and other light operating equipment and systems, and 10 to 30 years for heavy operating equipment, such as barges and dredges.  Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their remaining useful lives or the lives of the leases.

 

Goodwill and other intangibles

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of net tangible and intangible assets acquired in business combinations over their estimated fair value.  Other intangibles mainly represent developed technology and databases, customer relationships, and customer contracts acquired in business combinations.  Goodwill resulting from the Transaction is tested annually for impairment in the third quarter of each year, or more frequently should circumstances dictate.

 

The other intangible assets identified with respect to the Transaction are being amortized over a 7 to 10 year period, except for the intangible assets related to customer contracts, which are being amortized over approximately 13 to 15 months, consistent with the average remaining duration of the underlying contracts.

 

Long-lived assets

 

Long-lived assets are comprised of property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization.  Pursuant to the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” long-lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for possible impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable by comparing the undiscounted cash flows associated with the assets to their carrying amounts.  If such a review indicates an impairment,

 

61



 

the carrying amount would be reduced to fair value.  If long-lived assets are to be disposed, depreciation is discontinued, if applicable, and the assets are reclassified as held for sale at the lower of their carrying amounts or fair values less costs to sell.

 

Self-insurance reserves

 

The Company self-insures estimated costs associated with workers’ compensation claims, hull and equipment liability and general business liabilities, up to certain limits.  Insurance reserves are established for estimates of the loss that the Company will ultimately incur on reported claims, as well as estimates of claims that have been incurred but not yet reported.  In determining its estimates, the Company incorporates historical loss experience and judgments about the present and expected levels of cost per claim.  Trends in actual experience are a significant factor in determination of such reserves.

 

Income taxes

 

The Company records income taxes based upon SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” which requires the use of the liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes.  The provision for income taxes includes federal, foreign and state income taxes currently payable and those deferred because of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

The carrying value of financial instruments included in current assets and current liabilities approximates fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.  The carrying value of long-term bank debt is a reasonable estimate of its fair value as interest rates are variable, based on the prevailing market rates.   At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had long-term subordinated notes outstanding with a recorded book value of $175,000.  The fair value of these notes was $157,938 and $180,250 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, based on quoted market prices.

 

Minority interest

 

In April 2001, the Company purchased 80% of the capital stock of NASDI, a demolition service provider located in the Boston, Massachusetts area, for a total purchase price of $38,548.  The remaining 20% of the capital stock was retained by two of NASDI’s management stockholders.  On September 30, 2003, the Company paid $75 to purchase all the shares of one of the management stockholders of NASDI, in connection with his voluntary termination from NASDI. The purchase price was determined in accordance with the terms of the NASDI Stock Purchase Agreement, and not reflective of fair market value. Therefore, minority interest at December 31, 2004 and 2003 reflects the remaining NASDI management stockholder’s 15% non-voting interest in NASDI.

 

62



 

Capital stock

 

As a result of the sale of the Company (see Note 2), the Company currently has only one class of common stock with a par value of $.01 per share.  500,000 shares are authorized and 1,000 shares are issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003.  Prior to the Transaction, the Company had class A voting and class B non-voting common stock and one class of preferred stock.  At December 31, 2002, the Company had authorized and issued 250,000 shares and 45,000 shares, respectively, of preferred stock.  The preferred stock had a stated value of $1,000 per share and was entitled to annual dividends, if declared.  Such dividends were cumulative, whether or not declared, and accrued at the rate of 12%, compounding annually.   The preferred stock could be redeemed at any time at the option of the Company at its stated value plus cumulative dividends accrued and unpaid thereon.  At the time of the Transaction, dividends in arrears on the preferred stock were $37,231.  At December 31, 2002, the Company had authorized and issued 25,000,000 and 1,636,100 shares, respectively, of class A voting common stock, and 25,000,000 and 3,363,900 shares, respectively, of class B nonvoting common stock, with a par value of $.01 per share.  On April 29, 2003, the Company effected a 100-for-1 reverse stock split of its common stock, such that the number of authorized shares was reduced to 500,000, in total, and the number of issued and outstanding shares reduced accordingly.

 

Reclassifications

 

In the 2003 consolidated statement of cash flows, $2,451 of cash funded to an equipment escrow account was reclassified from net cash flows from operating activities to net cash flows from financing activities to conform to the 2004 presentation.

 

2.               Sale transaction

 

On December 22, 2003, MDP acquired control of the Company for an initial purchase price of $362,111, including fees and expenses.   The acquisition was financed by new equity contributions of $97,000; term loan and revolver borrowings under a new senior credit facility of approximately $60,300 and $2,000, respectively; the issuance of $175,000 of 7.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013; the rollover of term loan borrowings under a new equipment financing facility of $23,400; the rollover of approximately $1,558 million of capital leases; and cash on hand of $2,853.  As mentioned previously, the sale was accounted for as if it had occurred on December 31, 2003, as management determined that results of operations were not significant and no material transactions occurred during the period from December 23 to December 31, 2003.   The purchase price was subject to certain working capital and debt adjustments to be finalized approximately three months subsequent to the Transaction, as defined per the merger

 

63



 

agreement.  The adjustments were finalized in April of 2004, resulting in a decrease to the initial purchase price of $527.

 

Following is a summary of the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the acquisition (as revised by the results of third party appraisals and the purchase price adjustment):

 

Current assets

 

$

116,584

 

Property and equipment

 

263,746

 

Other intangible assets

 

7,441

 

Goodwill

 

103,563

 

Other assets

 

31,391

 

Total assets acquired

 

522,725

 

Current liabilities

 

56,043

 

Other liabilities

 

105,098

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

161,141

 

Total purchase price

 

$

361,584

 

 

The purchase price was allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities based on their fair values at December 31, 2003, as determined by management’s estimates and third-party appraisals, where practicable.   At December 31, 2004, after considering minor revisions to fair values resulting from third party appraisals and the impact of the purchase price adjustment, goodwill of $79,570 and $23,993 has been assigned to the dredging and demolition reporting units, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2004, the net book value of intangible assets identified with respect to the Transaction is as follows: 

 

 

 

Estimated
Life

 

Cost

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer contract backlog

 

13 to 15 months

 

$

4,237

 

$

3,747

 

$

490

 

Demolition customer relationships

 

7 years

 

1,995

 

285

 

1,710

 

Software and databases

 

7 to 10 years

 

1,209

 

142

 

1,067

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,441

 

$

4,174

 

$

3,267

 

 

Amortization expense related to these intangible assets is estimated to be $917 in 2005, and $427 annually in 2006 through 2009.

 

In connection with the sale, the Company incurred transaction expenses of approximately $23,748, which were reflected in the Company’s 2003 Predecessor Basis statement of operations.  These transaction expenses include sale-related operating expenses of $10,635 for advisory fees and discretionary bonuses paid to management and sale-related financing costs of $13,113 related to the early extinguishment of the Company’s 11¼% senior subordinated notes and write-off of deferred financing costs related to the

 

64



 

Company’s prior debt structure. In addition, the Company incurred other acquisition-related costs of approximately $2,691, which were capitalized as direct costs of the Transaction.

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents results as if the Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the respective periods:

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenues

 

$

398,800

 

$

362,602

 

Operating income

 

23,592

 

29,116

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

(7,034

)

10,541

 

Net income (loss)

 

(5,636

)

8,884

 

 

The pro forma results have been provided for comparative purposes only and include certain adjustments such as additional depreciation and amortization charges resulting from the allocation of purchase price to property and equipment and intangible assets, and reductions to interest expense resulting from the terms of the new debt structure.  The pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction with the related historical information and is not necessarily indicative of the results that would have been obtained had the Transaction actually taken place at the beginning of the periods presented.

 

3.               Purchase of minority partner’s interests in subsidiaries

 

In November 2002, the Company purchased its foreign minority partner’s interests in NATCO Limited Partnership and North American Trailing Company, the subsidiary entities through which the Company conducted the majority of its hopper dredging operations.  The Company paid $4,500 to acquire these interests, which had a combined book value of $2,950 at the time of acquisition.  At the end of 2002, these subsidiary entities were dissolved and all subsequent hopper dredging operations are being conducted by Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company, a wholly-owned dredging subsidiary of the Company.

 

65



 

4.               Accounts receivable

 

Accounts receivable are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Completed contracts

 

$

13,971

 

$

15,962

 

Contracts in progress

 

43,088

 

40,737

 

Retainage

 

9,211

 

8,969

 

 

 

66,270

 

65,668

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

(508

)

(799

)

 

 

$

65,762

 

$

64,869

 

 

5.               Contracts in progress

 

The components of contracts in progress are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Costs and earnings in excess of billings:

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and earnings for contracts in progress

 

$

232,994

 

$

261,013

 

Amounts billed

 

(221,243

)

(251,034

)

Costs and earnings in excess of billings for contracts in progress

 

11,751

 

9,979

 

Costs and earnings in excess of billings for completed contracts

 

688

 

1,257

 

 

 

$

12,439

 

$

11,236

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid contract costs (included in prepaid expenses)

 

$

718

 

$

570

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Billings in excess of costs and earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts billed

 

$

(196,639

)

$

(180,096

)

Costs and earnings for contracts in progress

 

189,933

 

171,288

 

 

 

$

(6,706

)

$

(8,808

)

 

66



 

6.               Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

2,870

 

$

2,712

 

Buildings and improvements

 

125

 

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

1,129

 

1,097

 

Operating equipment

 

275,102

 

260,323

 

 

 

279,226

 

264,132

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(22,632

)

 

 

 

$

256,594

 

$

264,132

 

 

7.               Investments in joint ventures

 

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had a 50% ownership interest in Amboy Aggregates (Amboy), whose primary business is the dredge mining and sale of fine aggregate.

 

The Company accounts for its investment in Amboy using the equity method. The following table includes Amboy’s summarized financial information for the periods presented.

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

7,727

 

$

6,414

 

$

5,731

 

Non-current assets

 

8,420

 

9,367

 

9,485

 

Total assets

 

16,147

 

15,781

 

15,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

(2,160

)

(2,625

)

(3,872

)

Non-current liabilities

 

 

(147

)

(239

)

Equity

 

$

13,987

 

$

13,009

 

$

11,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

26,773

 

$

19,316

 

$

16,170

 

Costs and expenses

 

(22,095

)

(17,412

)

(16,902

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

4,678

 

$

1,904

 

$

(732

)

 

Amboy has a loan with a bank, which contains certain restrictive covenants, including limitations on the amount of distributions to its joint venture partners.  It is the intent of the joint venture partners to periodically distribute Amboy’s earnings, to the extent allowed by Amboy’s bank agreement.  The term portion of Amboy’s loan matured in October 2003, and the $2,000 revolving credit facility expires in August 2005.  The Company has guaranteed 50% of the outstanding borrowings and accrued interest under the facility, which totaled zero at December 31, 2004.

 

67



 

In 2003, the Company and its Amboy joint venture partner each purchased a 50% interest in land, which is adjacent to the Amboy property and may be used in connection with the Amboy operations.  The Company’s share of the purchase price totaled $1,047 and is reflected in investments in joint ventures.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company received distributions from Amboy and the adjacent land venture totaling $1,925.

 

The Company’s 2003 equity from earnings of joint ventures in the statement of income includes a gain of $470 resulting from the Company’s sale of its 20% investment in Riovia S.A., a venture whose sole business was the performance of a dredging contract in Argentina and Uruguay.

 

8.               Impairment of land disposal rights

 

In 1997, the Company purchased rights to dispose of a certain quantity of dredged material in upland disposal sites in New Jersey at an original cost of $3,150 (land rights).  In 2002, the Company entered into an agreement with the owner of the site setting forth amended terms and conditions that addressed the quantity and use of the land rights, among other matters.  During 2003, the site owner utilized the remaining availability of the initial disposal site, and in November, informed Company management that it did not intend to make future disposal sites available for the Company to utilize its remaining disposal rights.  Therefore, management determined that recovery of the land rights at their recorded amount was unlikely, so in November 2003, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $2,276, representing the remaining recorded value of the unused portion of the land rights.

 

9.               Other non-current assets

 

At December 31, 2003, other non-current assets included $2,451 of cash held in escrow to fund the remaining construction costs on a long-term operating asset.  These remaining costs were funded by the escrow account and the equipment was delivered in the first quarter of 2004.   At December 31, 2004, other non-current assets includes $1,575 of cash held in a new escrow account as security for the Company’s lease rental obligations under one of its long-term equipment operating leases.  This cash will be released once the Company achieves certain financial thresholds, or upon conclusion of the lease.

 

68



 

10.        Accrued expenses

 

Accrued expenses are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

$

5,022

 

$

4,736

 

Payroll and employee benefits

 

4,700

 

6,658

 

U.S. income and other taxes

 

2,564

 

1,252

 

Demolition litigation expense

 

1,275

 

 

Interest

 

799

 

339

 

Equipment leases

 

719

 

882

 

Interest rate swap liability

 

662

 

 

Other

 

1,935

 

1,589

 

 

 

$

17,676

 

$

15,456

 

 

11.        Long-term debt

 

Long-term debt is as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior bank debt:

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment term loan

 

$

21,450

 

$

23,400

 

Term loan B

 

57,800

 

60,300

 

Revolving loan

 

 

 

7 ¾% senior subordinated notes

 

175,000

 

175,000

 

 

 

254,250

 

258,700

 

Current maturities of long-term debt

 

(1,950

)

(1,950

)

 

 

$

252,300

 

$

256,750

 

 

In December 2003, the Company entered into a long-term loan with an equipment financing company (Equipment Term Loan) to refinance borrowings incurred under its former revolving credit facility to acquire certain equipment that was previously under an operating lease.  Principal payments under the Equipment Term Loan total $1,950 annually for each of the next nine years and are paid in quarterly installments.  Interest is paid quarterly at a variable LIBOR-based rate.  The Equipment Term Loan agreement also contains provisions that require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios.   Borrowings under the Equipment Term Loan are secured by first lien mortgages on certain operating equipment with a net book value of $21,821 at December 31, 2004.

 

69



 

In connection with the sale, in December 2003, the Company also entered into a new bank credit agreement (Credit Agreement) with a group of banks, consisting of a Tranche B Term Loan facility, which matures in 2010, and a $60,000 aggregate revolving credit facility which may be used for borrowings or for letters of credit, which expires in 2008.  The terms of the Credit Agreement provide for interest rate spreads based on the Company’s debt level compared to earnings, as defined, and allow for various interest rate options for loan amounts and periods that are selected at the discretion of the Company.  Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are secured by first lien mortgages on certain operating equipment of the Company with a net book value of $85,668 at December 31, 2004 and are guaranteed by all domestic subsidiaries of the Company.   The Credit Agreement also contains provisions requiring the Company to maintain certain financial ratios and restricting the Company’s ability to pay dividends, incur indebtedness, create liens, and take certain other actions.

 

Effective September 30, 2004, the Company amended its Credit Agreement and Equipment Term Loan (collectively, Senior Credit  Facilities) to allow additional flexibility in its leverage and interest coverage ratios, including replacement of the total leverage ratio with a required minimum EBITDA, as defined in the aforementioned agreements, through 2005.  In exchange, the Company’s capital spending limits were reduced and the Company’s borrowing availability under its revolving credit facility was reduced to $45,000 (with a sub-limit of $35,000 for letters of credit and $15,000 for revolver borrowings), until such time that the Company achieves certain defined financial measures.  At December 31, 2004, the Company was in compliance with its various covenants, as revised, under its Senior Credit Facilities.

 

At December 31, 2004, the Company had $15,077 in undrawn letters of credit relating to foreign contract performance guarantees and insurance payment liabilities.  Therefore, letter of credit availability under the revolving credit facility was $19,923.  At December 31, 2004, the Company had no outstanding revolver borrowings, so its borrowing availability, under the revised terms of its Credit Agreement, was $15,000.

 

The Company is required to pay all unpaid principal amounts of its term loan B facility in full at maturity.   Annual prepayments of principal may be required to the extent the Company reduces collateral and voluntary prepayments are allowed.   In 2004, the Company made a voluntary prepayment of $2,500.

 

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company’s weighted average borrowing rate under its Senior Credit Facilities was 6.4% and 6.0%, respectively.  Amortization of financing fees related to the Senior Credit Facilities added 1.0% to the 2004 weighted average borrowing rate.  The Company also pays an annual commitment fee of up to .625% on the average daily unused capacity available under the revolving credit facility.

 

70



 

On December 22, 2003, the Company issued $175,000 of 7¾% senior subordinated notes (Notes) which will mature on December 15, 2013. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company, subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt, including borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.

 

The Company used the proceeds from its new debt, along with equity contribution from its new owners, to provide consideration to its former owners, as well as repay its former debt, including its issuance of 11¼% senior subordinated notes due August 15, 2008.  In connection with the extinguishment of these notes in December of 2003, the Company paid tender and call premiums totaling $9,359, which are reflected as sale-related financing costs in the 2003 consolidated statement of operations. Additionally, in connection with the extinguishment of its old debt structure, the Company wrote off deferred financing costs totaling $3,754, which is also reflected as sale-related financing costs in the 2003 consolidated statement of operations.

 

Financing fees and amendment fees related to the Senior Credit Facilities and the Notes are deferred and amortized over the respective terms of the borrowings.

 

In connection with the acquisition of NASDI in 2001, the Company issued two junior subordinated promissory notes totaling $3,000 payable to the NASDI management stockholders.  Interest on these notes was calculated at the rate of 6.0%, payable annually.  These notes were repaid in connection with the Transaction in December 2003, according to change of control provisions.

 

The schedule of principal payments required under the Company’s long-term debt at December 31, 2004 is as follows:

 

2005

 

$

1,950

 

2006

 

1,950

 

2007

 

1,950

 

2008

 

1,950

 

2009

 

1,950

 

Thereafter

 

244,500

 

 

 

254,250

 

Less current portion

 

(1,950

)

 

 

$

252,300

 

 

The Company sometimes enters into capital lease arrangements to finance the acquisition of dozers, excavators and automobiles.  The current portion of capital lease obligations, in the amounts of $719 and $882, is included in accrued expenses at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  The long-term

 

71



 

portion of these leases is included in other long-term liabilities and totaled $1,140 and $676, respectively.   The terms of these leases extend through 2008.

 

12.        Risk management activities

 

The Company uses derivative instruments to manage commodity price, interest rate, and foreign currency exchange risks.  Such instruments are not used for trading purposes.  As of December 31, 2004, the Company is party to various swap arrangements to hedge the price of a portion of its diesel fuel purchase requirements for work in its backlog to be performed through September 2005.  As of December 31, 2004, there were 5.7 million gallons remaining on these contracts.  Under these agreements, the Company will pay fixed prices ranging from $0.89 to $1.52 per gallon.  At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the fair value of these contracts was estimated to be a (loss) gain of $(36) and $509, respectively, based on quoted market prices.  The fair value at December 31, 2004 and 2003 is recorded in accrued liabilities and other current assets on the balance sheet, respectively.

 

The Company has designated its fuel hedge arrangements as cash flow hedges, resulting in the following activity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes:

 

 

 

Successor
Basis

 

Predecessor
Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income as of January 1

 

$

 

$

103

 

Net gains reclassified into costs of contract revenues from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

(1,654

)

(970

)

Change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax

 

1,632

 

1,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31

 

$

(22

)

$

309

 

 

Ineffectiveness related to these fuel hedge arrangements was determined to be immaterial.  The remaining gains or losses included in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2004 will be reclassified into earnings over the next nine months, corresponding to the period during which the hedged fuel is expected to be utilized.  In connection with the sale transaction in December 2003, the balance in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2003 was eliminated in purchase accounting, and the outstanding hedge arrangements were redesignated as cash flow hedges.  Subsequent changes in the fair value of the fuel hedges outstanding at December 31, 2003 have been reflected in other comprehensive income, along with changes in the fair value of new fuel hedges put in place in 2004.

 

In February 2004, the Company entered into an interest rate swap arrangement to swap a notional amount of $50,000 from a fixed rate of 7.75% to a floating LIBOR-based rate in order to manage the interest rate paid with respect to the Company’s 7¾% senior subordinated notes.  The fair value of the swap at

 

72



 

December 31, 2004 was $(662) and is recorded in accrued expenses.  The swap is not accounted for as a hedge; therefore, the changes in fair value are recorded as adjustments to interest expense in each reporting period.  In 2004, the Company received settlement payments under the swap totaling $526, which are recorded as a reduction to interest expense.

 

The Company had no foreign currency hedge contracts outstanding at December 31, 2004 or 2003.

 

13.        Income taxes

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:

 

 

 

Successor
Basis

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Federal:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

 

$

(3,521

)

$

2,579

 

Deferred

 

(5,823

)

3,553

 

(135

)

State:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

456

 

561

 

945

 

Deferred

 

(365

)

353

 

34

 

Foreign:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

1,366

 

372

 

1,000

 

 

 

$

(4,366

)

$

1,318

 

$

4,423

 

 

The Company’s income tax provision (benefit) reconciles to the provision at the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate as follows:

 

 

 

Successor
Basis

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Tax (benefit) provision at statutory U.S. federal income tax rate

 

$

(5,298

)

$

(67

)

$

6,198

 

Foreign taxes deducted, net of federal income tax benefit

 

901

 

246

 

660

 

State income tax, net of federal income tax benefit

 

(64

)

723

 

646

 

Write-off of insurance claim receivable

 

 

 

(3,740

)

Interest expense, net of federal income tax benefit

 

 

20

 

577

 

Other

 

95

 

396

 

82

 

Income tax (benefit) provision

 

$

(4,366

)

$

1,318

 

$

4,423

 

 

In 2002, the Company received a tax deduction for the write-off of the tax basis of an insurance claim receivable of $11,000 related to litigation settlement payments made in 1997.  For book purposes, the insurance reimbursement had been assigned to the Company’s former owner as part of its recapitalization in 1998 and, therefore, had no book basis.

 

73



 

For the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company’s income tax provision includes interest expense of $875 on estimated additional federal income tax for the years 1995 to 2000 arising from a reduction in actual tax payments made to foreign tax authorities versus amounts previously reported in the Company’s U.S. federal tax returns for those years.  In 2003, the amended returns allocating the tax liabilities from foreign to domestic were finalized, resulting in interest income of $60, which is reflected in the income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

At December 31, 2004, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes totaling approximately $15,049, which will expire in 2024.   At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes totaling $11,307 and $4,135, respectively, which will expire between 2010 and 2024.

 

The Company has recorded reserves for contingent income tax liabilities with respect to loss contingencies that are deemed probable of occurrence.  Such amounts total $3,357 and are included in income taxes payable at December 31, 2004.  These loss contingencies relate primarily to the classification of transaction expenses incurred in connection with the Company’s sale in December 2003, the taxation of foreign earnings, and state income tax issues.   The Company has determined that the maximum possible loss in excess of the recorded reserves is not material.

 

The Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities

 

$

6,046

 

$

5,833

 

Net operating loss carry-forward benefit

 

5,729

 

 

 

 

11,775

 

5,833

 

Net deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

(96,410

)

(93,705

)

Other

 

(381

)

(3,759

)

 

 

(96,791

)

(97,464

)

Total net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(85,016

)

$

(91,631

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported in the balance sheet:

 

 

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax assets
(included in other current assets)

 

$

5,413

 

$

4,995

 

Net non-current deferred tax liabilities

 

(90,429

)

(96,626

)

Total net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(85,016

)

$

(91,631

)

 

74



 

The American Jobs Creation Act (the Jobs Act) was enacted on October 22, 2004.  The Company is still evaluating the changes brought about by the Jobs Act, but does not expect that they will have a significant impact on its results of operations or financial position.

 

14.        Lease commitments

 

The Company leases certain operating equipment and office facilities under long-term operating leases expiring at various dates through 2020.  The equipment leases contain renewal or purchase options that specify prices at the then fair market value upon the expiration of the lease terms.  The leases also contain default provisions that are triggered by an acceleration of debt maturity under the terms of the Company’s Credit Agreement, and one lease arrangement requires that the Company maintain certain financial ratios comparable to those required by its Senior Credit Facilities.  Additionally, the leases typically contain provisions whereby the Company indemnifies the lessors for the tax treatment attributable to such leases based on the tax rules in place at lease inception.  The tax indemnifications do not have a contractual dollar limit.  To date, no lessors have asserted any claims against the Company under these tax indemnification provisions.

 

Future minimum operating lease payments for the years ending December 31 are as follows:

 

2005

 

$

15,192

 

2006

 

14,754

 

2007

 

13,224

 

2008

 

12,371

 

2009

 

11,104

 

Thereafter

 

61,160

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

$

127,805

 

 

Total rent expense under long-term operating lease arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $15,109, $17,397 and $17,604, respectively.  This excludes expenses for equipment and facilities rented on a short-term, as-needed basis.

 

15.        Retirement plans

 

The Company sponsors two 401(k) savings plans, one covering substantially all non-union salaried employees (Salaried Plan) and the second covering its non-union hourly employees (Hourly Plan).  Under both plans, individual employees may contribute a percentage of compensation and the Company will match a portion of the employees’ contributions. Additionally, the Salaried Plan includes a profit-sharing component, permitting the Company to make discretionary employer contributions to all eligible employees of the Salaried Plan.  The Company’s expense for matching and discretionary contributions for

 

75



 

2004, 2003 and 2002 was $1,975, $2,879 and $2,974, respectively.  On January 1, 2003, the Company adopted a third 401(k) savings plan specifically for employees that are members of the Company’s tugboat union.   Participation in and contributions to this plan are not significant.

 

The Company also contributes to various multi-employer pension plans pursuant to collective bargaining agreements.  In the event of a plan’s termination or Company withdrawal from a plan, the Company may be liable for a portion of the plan’s unfunded vested benefits.  As of December 31, 2004, unfunded amounts, if any, are not significant.  Total contributions to multi-employer pension plans for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $4,410, $5,000 and $4,659, respectively.

 

16.        Segment information

 

The Company and its subsidiaries currently operate in two reportable segments:  dredging and demolition.   The Company’s financial reporting systems present various data for management to run the business, including profit and loss statements prepared according to the segments presented.   Segment information for 2004, 2003 and 2002 is provided as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Basis

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

Jan 1 - Dec 31,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

Jan 1 - Dec 31,
2003

 

Jan 1 - Dec 31,
2002

 

Dredging

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenues

 

$

313,807

 

 

 

$

360,830

 

$

313,098

 

Operating income

 

1,484

 

 

 

29,655

 

30,707

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

24,923

 

 

 

15,261

 

14,780

 

Total assets

 

466,794

 

$

474,803

 

 

 

243,114

 

Property and equipment, net

 

252,508

 

259,956

 

 

 

135,852

 

Goodwill

 

79,570

 

80,475

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in equity method investee

 

7,965

 

7,551

 

 

 

5,552

 

Capital expenditures

 

21,535

 

 

 

35,796

 

17,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demolition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenues

 

$

37,055

 

 

 

$

37,970

 

$

49,504

 

Operating income

 

926

 

 

 

2,447

 

7,499

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

1,930

 

 

 

1,033

 

1,135

 

Total assets

 

41,841

 

$

48,141

 

 

 

44,372

 

Property and equipment, net

 

4,086

 

4,176

 

 

 

3,567

 

Goodwill

 

23,993

 

23,442

 

 

 

29,405

 

Investment in equity method investee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

1,550

 

 

 

1,854

 

778

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenues

 

$

350,862

 

 

 

$

398,800

 

$

362,602

 

Operating income

 

2,410

 

 

 

32,102

 

38,206

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

26,853

 

 

 

16,294

 

15,915

 

Total assets

 

508,635

 

$

522,944

 

 

 

287,486

 

Property and equipment, net

 

256,594

 

264,132

 

 

 

139,419

 

Goodwill

 

103,563

 

103,917

 

 

 

29,405

 

Investment in equity method investee

 

7,965

 

7,551

 

 

 

5,552

 

Capital expenditures

 

23,085

 

 

 

37,650

 

18,345

 

 

76



 

The Company aggregates the revenue related to its dredging projects into the following types of work:

 

 

 

Successor
Basis

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital dredging - U.S.

 

$

141,674

 

$

203,699

 

$

122,158

 

Capital dredging - foreign

 

62,862

 

60,922

 

52,294

 

Beach nourishment dredging

 

51,289

 

47,858

 

87,372

 

Maintenance dredging

 

57,982

 

48,351

 

51,274

 

Total

 

$

313,807

 

$

360,830

 

$

313,098

 

 

The Company derived revenues and gross profit from foreign project operations for the years ended December 31 as follows:

 

 

 

Successor
Basis

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenues

 

$

62,862

 

$

60,922

 

$

52,294

 

Costs of contract revenues

 

(54,462

)

(56,930

)

(45,249

)

Gross profit

 

$

8,400

 

$

3,992

 

$

7,045

 

 

The majority of the Company’s long-lived assets are marine vessels and related equipment.  At any point in time, the Company may employ certain assets outside of the U.S., as needed, to perform work on the Company’s foreign projects.

 

Certain foreign projects performed by the Company have warranty periods, typically spanning no more than three to five years beyond project completion, whereby the Company retains responsibility to maintain the project site to certain specifications during the warranty period.  Generally, any potential liability of the Company is mitigated by insurance, shared responsibilities with consortium partners, and/or recourse to owner-provided specifications.   The Company does not anticipate having to perform under its warranty provisions; therefore, no liability has been reflected at December 31, 2004 or 2003 related to its potential warranty obligations.

 

17.        Concentrations of risk

 

The Company’s primary dredging customer is the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (the Corps), which has responsibility for federally funded projects related to navigation and flood control.  In 2004, 2003 and 2002, 67.2%, 65.3% and 59.0%, respectively, of contract revenues were earned from dredging contracts with federal government agencies, including the Corps as well as other federal entities such as the U.S.

 

77



 

Coast Guard and U.S. Navy.  At December 31, 2004 and 2003, approximately 68.2% and 48.1%, respectively, of accounts receivable, including contract revenues in excess of billings, were due on dredging contracts with federal government agencies.   The Company depends on its ability to continue to obtain federal government dredging contracts, and indirectly, on the amount of federal funding for new  and current government dredging projects.  Therefore, the Company’s dredging operations can be influenced by the level and timing of federal funding.

 

18.        Commitments and contingencies

 

Performance and bid bonds are customarily required for dredging and marine construction projects, as well as some demolition projects.  The Company obtains its performance and bid bonds through a bonding agreement with a surety company that has been granted a security interest in a substantial portion of the Company’s operating equipment with a net book value of $87.7 million at December 31, 2004.  The bonding agreement contains provisions requiring the Company to maintain certain financial ratios and restricting the Company’s ability to pay dividends, incur indebtedness, create liens, and take certain other actions.  The bonding agreement was amended affective September 30, 2004 to revise the minimum net worth requirements.  At December 31, 2004, the Company was in compliance with its various covenants under the bonding agreement, as revised.  Bid bonds are generally obtained for a percentage of bid value and amounts outstanding typically range from $5 to $10 million.  At December 31, 2004, the Company had outstanding performance bonds valued at approximately $520 million; however, the revenue value remaining in backlog related to these projects totaled approximately $212 million.

 

As is customary with negotiated contracts and modifications or claims to competitively-bid contracts with the federal government, the government has the right to audit the books and records of the Company to ensure compliance with such contracts, modifications or claims and the applicable federal laws.  The government has the ability to seek a price adjustment based on the results of such audit.  Any such audits have not had and are not expected to have a material impact on the financial position, operations or cash flows of the Company.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company is a defendant in various legal proceedings.  Except as described below, the Company is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings or environmental claims.

 

On February 10, 2004, the Company was served with a subpoena to produce documents in connection with a federal grand jury convened in the United States District Court for the District of South Carolina.  The Company believes the grand jury has been convened to investigate the United States dredging

 

78



 

industry in connection with work performed for the U.S. Army Corp of Engineers.  The Company continues to comply with the Justice department’s requests and Company management believes that it has provided substantially all of the documents that have been requested to this point.  In addition to the documents requested, certain employees of the Company have been interviewed by attorneys from the Department of Justice and been subpoenaed to testify before the grand jury.  In connection with the investigation, the Company incurred significant legal and document production costs totaling $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

In 1999, the Boston Housing Authority (BHA), for whom the Company’s demolition business, NASDI, had worked, asserted that NASDI and its subcontractors were responsible for improperly disposing of some contaminated materials.  At the time the Company acquired NASDI in 2001, it was believed that NASDI had sufficient recourse in the matter and that any potential liability would be minimal.  However, in the meantime, certain of the insurance carriers that would be responsible for this matter have gone bankrupt.  Negotiations between the parties have continued to progress, and in the third quarter of 2004, the case went before a judge in the Massachusetts court system who advised NASDI and the subcontractors to accept a settlement with the BHA.  While NASDI could continue to pursue the matter, it was determined that settlement may be more cost effective.  Therefore, in the third quarter of 2004, the Company recorded a $1.3 million charge for NASDI’s share of this potential settlement liability.

 

19.        Subsequent event

 

On January 19, 2005, the Company, along with its joint-venture partners on the Port of Los Angeles Deepening Project, received a request for information from the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) pursuant to section 308(a) of the Clean Water Act.  The EPA is investigating alleged dredging of unauthorized material and unauthorized discharge of that material at various locations in federally regulated waters of the U.S. relating to this project.   The Company intends to comply with the request for information.  The Company is performing this project under a contract with the Los Angeles district of the Corps and believes it is in compliance with the contract specifications.

 

79



 

20.        Subsidiary guarantors

 

The payment obligations of the Company under its 7¾% senior subordinated notes are guaranteed by all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries (Subsidiary Guarantors).  Such guarantees are full, unconditional and joint and several.  Separate financial statements of the Subsidiary Guarantors are not presented because the Company’s management has determined that they would not be material to investors. The following supplemental financial information sets forth, on a combined basis, the balance sheets, statements of operations and statements of cash flows for the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Company’s non-guarantor subsidiary and for the Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation (GLD Corporation).  The Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations and Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2002 include the operations of NATCO Limited Partnership and North American Trailing Company within the non-guarantor subsidiary information.  Pursuant to the Company’s acquisition of the minority partner’s remaining shares in November 2002, these entities were dissolved effective December 31, 2002 and all subsequent activity is conducted by Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and a Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

80



 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet at December 31, 2004

 

Successor Basis

 

 

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Other
Subsidiary

 

GLD
Corporation

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated
Totals

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

1,957

 

$

5

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,962

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

65,762

 

 

 

 

65,762

 

Receivables from affiliates

 

8,422

 

2,906

 

4,540

 

(15,868

)

 

Contract revenues in excess of billings

 

12,439

 

 

 

 

12,439

 

Inventories

 

16,497

 

 

 

 

16,497

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

13,780

 

 

1,874

 

 

15,654

 

Total current assets

 

118,857

 

2,911

 

6,414

 

(15,868

)

112,314

 

Property and equipment, net

 

242,672

 

 

13,922

 

 

256,594

 

Goodwill

 

103,563

 

 

 

 

103,563

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

3,267

 

 

 

 

3,267

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

2,924

 

 

281,813

 

(284,737

)

 

Notes receivable from affiliates

 

 

 

22,702

 

(22,702

)

 

Inventories

 

11,278

 

 

 

 

11,278

 

Investments in joint ventures

 

7,965

 

 

 

 

7,965

 

Other assets

 

2,073

 

 

11,581

 

 

13,654

 

 

 

$

492,599

 

$

2,911

 

$

336,432

 

$

(323,307

)

$

508,635

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

46,770

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

46,770

 

Payables to affiliates

 

4,143

 

 

7,185

 

(11,328

)

 

Accrued expenses

 

13,238

 

 

4,438

 

 

17,676

 

Billings in excess of contract revenues

 

6,706

 

 

 

 

6,706

 

Current maturities of long-term debt

 

6,490

 

 

 

(4,540

)

1,950

 

Total current liabilities

 

77,347

 

 

11,623

 

(15,868

)

73,102

 

Long-term debt

 

19,500

 

 

232,800

 

 

252,300

 

Notes payable to affiliates

 

22,702

 

 

 

(22,702

)

 

Deferred income taxes

 

85,311

 

(13

)

5,131

 

 

90,429

 

Other

 

4,630

 

 

684

 

 

5,314

 

Total liabilities

 

209,490

 

(13

)

250,238

 

(38,570

)

421,145

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

1,599

 

1,599

 

Stockholder’s equity

 

283,109

 

2,924

 

86,194

 

(286,336

)

85,891

 

 

 

$

492,599

 

$

2,911

 

$

336,432

 

$

(323,307

)

$

508,635

 

 

81



 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet at December 31, 2003

 

Successor Basis

 

 

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Other
Subsidiary

 

GLD
Corporation

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated
Totals

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

2,766

 

$

9

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,775

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

64,869

 

 

 

 

64,869

 

Receivables from affiliates

 

7,867

 

2,941

 

4,540

 

(15,348

)

 

Contract revenues in excess of billings

 

11,236

 

 

 

 

11,236

 

Inventories

 

13,603

 

 

 

 

13,603

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

14,558

 

 

6,620

 

 

21,178

 

Total current assets

 

114,899

 

2,950

 

11,160

 

(15,348

)

113,661

 

Property and equipment, net

 

241,594

 

38

 

22,500

 

 

264,132

 

Goodwill

 

103,917

 

 

 

 

103,917

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

7,441

 

 

 

 

7,441

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

2,976

 

 

281,967

 

(284,943

)

 

Notes receivable from affiliates

 

 

 

27,242

 

(27,242

)

 

Inventories

 

10,968

 

 

 

 

10,968

 

Investments in joint ventures

 

7,551

 

 

 

 

7,551

 

Other assets

 

3,605

 

 

11,669

 

 

15,274

 

 

 

$

492,951

 

$

2,988

 

$

354,538

 

$

(327,533

)

$

522,944

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

36,911

 

$

 

$

80

 

$

 

$

36,991

 

Payables to affiliates

 

9

 

 

10,919

 

(10,928

)

 

Accrued expenses

 

14,587

 

 

869

 

 

15,456

 

Billings in excess of contract revenues

 

8,808

 

 

 

 

8,808

 

Current maturities of long-term debt

 

6,490

 

 

 

(4,540

)

1,950

 

Total current liabilities

 

66,805

 

 

11,868

 

(15,468

)

63,205

 

Long-term debt

 

21,450

 

 

235,300

 

 

256,750

 

Notes payable to affiliates

 

27,242

 

 

 

(27,242

)

 

Deferred income taxes

 

86,927

 

12

 

9,687

 

 

96,626

 

Other

 

6,949

 

 

683

 

 

7,632

 

Total liabilities

 

209,373

 

12

 

257,538

 

(42,710

)

424,213

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

1,731

 

1,731

 

Stockholder’s equity

 

283,578

 

2,976

 

97,000

 

(286,554

)

97,000

 

 

 

$

492,951

 

$

2,988

 

$

354,538

 

$

(327,533

)

$

522,944

 

 

82



 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

Successor Basis

 

 

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Other
Subsidiary

 

GLD
Corporation

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated
Totals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenues

 

$

350,862

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

350,862

 

Costs of contract revenues

 

(315,675

)

(13

)

748

 

 

(314,940

)

Gross profit (loss)

 

35,187

 

(13

)

748

 

 

35,922

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(25,208

)

(64

)

(201

)

 

(25,473

)

Amortization of intangible assets

 

(4,174

)

 

 

 

(4,174

)

Subpoena-related expenses

 

(2,317

)

 

 

 

(2,317

)

Demolition litigation expense

 

(1,275

)

 

 

 

(1,275

)

Sale-related expenses

 

(138

)

 

(135

)

 

(273

)

Operating income (loss)

 

2,075

 

(77

)

412

 

 

2,410

 

Interest expense, net

 

(4,116

)

 

(16,218

)

 

(20,334

)

Equity in loss of subsidiaries

 

(52

)

 

(486

)

538

 

 

Equity in earnings of joint venture

 

2,339

 

 

 

 

2,339

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

132

 

132

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

246

 

(77

)

(16,292

)

670

 

(15,453

)

Provision for income taxes

 

(864

)

25

 

5,486

 

(281

)

4,366

 

Net loss

 

$

(618

)

$

(52

)

$

(10,806

)

$

389

 

$

(11,087

)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Other
Subsidiary

 

GLD
Corporation

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated
Totals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenues

 

$

401,300

 

$

 

$

 

$

(2,500

)

$

398,800

 

Costs of contract revenues

 

(329,391

)

(48

)

(1,148

)

2,391

 

(328,196

)

Gross profit (loss)

 

71,909

 

(48

)

(1,148

)

(109

)

70,604

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(27,692

)

(57

)

(118

)

 

(27,867

)

Sale-related expenses

 

(5,996

)

 

(4,639

)

 

(10,635

)

Operating income (loss)

 

38,221

 

(105

)

(5,905

)

(109

)

32,102

 

Interest expense, net

 

(2,530

)

 

(18,187

)

 

(20,717

)

Sale-related financing costs

 

 

 

(13,113

)

 

(13,113

)

Equity in (loss) earnings of subsidiaries

 

(58

)

 

21,290

 

(21,232

)

 

Equity in earnings of joint ventures

 

1,422

 

 

 

 

1,422

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

28

 

28

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

37,055

 

(105

)

(15,915

)

(21,313

)

(278

)

Provision for income taxes

 

(15,674

)

37

 

6,684

 

7,635

 

(1,318

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

21,381

 

$

(68

)

$

(9,231

)

$

(13,678

)

$

(1,596

)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2002

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Other
Subsidiaries

 

GLD
Corporation

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated
Totals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenues

 

$

388,638

 

$

 

$

 

$

(26,036

)

$

362,602

 

Costs of contract revenues

 

(318,746

)

(64

)

(1,781

)

26,036

 

(294,555

)

Gross profit (loss)

 

69,892

 

(64

)

(1,781

)

 

68,047

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(29,655

)

(31

)

(155

)

 

(29,841

)

Operating income (loss)

 

40,237

 

(95

)

(1,936

)

 

38,206

 

Interest expense, net

 

(3,309

)

 

(17,825

)

 

(21,134

)

Equity in (loss) earnings of subsidiaries

 

(3,000

)

 

26,656

 

(23,656

)

 

Equity in loss of joint ventures

 

(49

)

 

 

 

(49

)

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

400

 

400

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

33,879

 

(95

)

6,895

 

(23,256

)

17,423

 

Provision for income taxes

 

(10,571

)

43

 

6,105

 

 

(4,423

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

23,308

 

$

(52

)

$

13,000

 

$

(23,256

)

$

13,000

 

 

83



 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

Successor Basis

 

 

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Other
Subsidiary

 

GLD
Corporation

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated
Totals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows from operating activities

 

$

19,512

 

$

(64

)

$

(5,166

)

$

 

$

14,282

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(23,085

)

 

 

 

(23,085

)

Dispositions of property and equipment

 

10,236

 

25

 

 

 

10,261

 

Cash released from (funded to) equipment escrow

 

876

 

 

 

 

876

 

Distributions from equity joint ventures

 

1,925

 

 

 

 

1,925

 

Acquisition of Predecessor common and preferred shares

 

527

 

 

 

 

527

 

Net cash flows from investing activities

 

(9,521

)

25

 

 

 

(9,496

)

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayments of long-term debt

 

(1,950

)

 

(2,500

)

 

(4,450

)

Net change in accounts with affiliates

 

(8,631

)

35

 

8,596

 

 

 

Financing fees

 

(219

)

 

(930

)

 

(1,149

)

Net cash flows from financing activities

 

(10,800

)

35

 

5,166

 

 

(5,599

)

Net change in cash and equivalents

 

(809

)

(4

)

 

 

(813

)

Cash and equivalents at beginning of year

 

2,766

 

9

 

 

 

2,775

 

Cash and equivalents at end of year

 

$

1,957

 

$

5

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,962

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the Period Ended December 31, 2003

 

Successor Basis

 

 

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Other
Subsidiary

 

GLD
Corporation

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated
Totals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows from operating activities

 

$

 

$

 

$

(6,458

)

$

 

$

(6,458

)

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of Predecessor common and preferred shares

 

 

 

(129,142

)

 

(129,142

)

Payment of sale-related expenses

 

(5,996

)

 

(13,998

)

 

(19,994

)

Net cash flows from investing activities

 

(5,996

)

 

(143,140

)

 

(149,136

)

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayments of long-term debt

 

 

 

(1,762

)

 

(1,762

)

Borrowings of revolving loans, net of repayments

 

 

 

(5,000

)

 

(5,000

)

Repayment of NASDI stockholder notes

 

(3,000

)

 

 

 

(3,000

)

Proceeds from issuance of new long-term debt

 

 

 

60,300

 

 

 

60,300

 

Proceeds from issuance of 7 3/4% senior

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

subordinated notes

 

 

 

175,000

 

 

175,000

 

Redemption of 11 1/4% senior subordinated notes

 

 

 

(155,000

)

 

 

(155,000

)

Proceeds from issuance of Successor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

common shares

 

 

 

94,309

 

 

 

94,309

 

Financing fees

 

 

 

(14,050

)

 

(14,050

)

Net cash flows from financing activities

 

(3,000

)

 

153,797

 

 

150,797

 

Net change in cash and equivalents

 

(8,996

)

 

4,199

 

 

(4,797

)

Cash and equivalents at beginning of period

 

11,762

 

9

 

(4,199

)

 

7,572

 

Cash and equivalents at end of period

 

$

2,766

 

$

9

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,775

 

 

84



 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the Period Ended December 31, 2003

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Other
Subsidiary

 

GLD
Corporation

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated Totals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows from operating activities

 

$

52,381

 

$

(38

)

$

(26,886

)

$

 

$

25,457

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(37,650

)

 

 

 

(37,650

)

Dispositions of property and equipment

 

5,840

 

 

 

 

5,840

 

Cash released from (funded to) equipment escrow

 

(2,451

)

 

 

 

(2,451

)

Disposition of interest in Riovia investment

 

1,200

 

 

 

 

1,200

 

Equity investment in land

 

(1,047

)

 

 

 

(1,047

)

Purchase portion of minority interests’ share in North American Site Developers, Inc

 

(75

)

 

 

 

(75

)

Net cash flows from investing activities

 

(34,183

)

 

 

 

(34,183

)

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayments of long-term debt

 

 

 

(9,238

)

 

(9,238

)

Borrowings of revolving loans, net of repayments

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

1,000

 

Proceeds from issuance of new long-term debt

 

23,400

 

 

 

 

23,400

 

Net change in accounts with affiliates

 

(30,984

)

42

 

30,942

 

 

 

Financing fees

 

(388

)

 

 

 

(388

)

Other

 

68

 

 

 

 

68

 

Net cash flows from financing activities

 

(7,904

)

42

 

22,704

 

 

14,842

 

Net change in cash and equivalents

 

10,294

 

4

 

(4,182

)

 

6,116

 

Cash and equivalents at beginning of period

 

1,468

 

5

 

(17

)

 

1,456

 

Cash and equivalents at end of period

 

$

11,762

 

$

9

 

$

(4,199

)

$

 

$

7,572

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2002

 

Predecessor Basis

 

 

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Other
Subsidiaries

 

GLD
Corporation

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated
Totals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows from operating activities

 

$

40,700

 

$

(19

)

$

(12,261

)

$

 

$

28,420

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(18,345

)

 

 

 

(18,345

)

Dispositions of property and equipment

 

5,598

 

 

 

 

5,598

 

Purchase of minority partner’s share in NATCO Limited Partnership and North American Trailing Company

 

(4,500

)

 

 

 

(4,500

)

Net cash flows from investing activities

 

(17,247

)

 

 

 

(17,247

)

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayments of long-term debt

 

 

 

(11,000

)

 

(11,000

)

Borrowings under (repayments of) revolving loans, net

 

 

 

(1,000

)

 

(1,000

)

Principal receipts (payments) on capital leases

 

(1,661

)

 

1,661

 

 

 

Net change in accounts with affiliates

 

(22,913

)

23

 

22,890

 

 

 

Financing fees

 

 

 

(325

)

 

(325

)

Repayment on notes receivable from stockholders

 

 

 

18

 

 

18

 

Net cash flows from financing activities

 

(24,574

)

23

 

12,244

 

 

(12,307

)

Net change in cash and equivalents

 

(1,121

)

4

 

(17

)

 

(1,134

)

Cash and equivalents at beginning of year

 

2,589

 

1

 

 

 

2,590

 

Cash and equivalents at end of year

 

$

1,468

 

$

5

 

$

(17

)

$

 

$

1,456

 

 

85



 

Report of Independent Public Accountants

 

To the Partners

Amboy Aggregates

 

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Amboy Aggregates (A Joint Venture) as of December 31, 2003, and the related statements of operations and partners’ capital and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Amboy Aggregates (A Joint Venture) as of December 31, 2003, and its results of operations and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

/s/ J.H. Cohn LLP

 

Roseland, New Jersey

January 15, 2004

 

86


 

Exhibit 10.12

 

Summary of Oral Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers

 

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Douglas B. Mackie, and Chief Operating Officer, Richard M. Lowry, have written employment agreements with the Company under which their annual salaries are determined by the Compensation Committee (Exhibits 10.10 and 10.11 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004).  The other named executive officers of the Company are “at will” employees to the extent that they do not have written employment agreements with the Company.  The annual base salaries of these other named executive officers are set annually by the Company’s Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of its Compensation Committee.  For 2005, the annual base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers are as follows:

 

Douglas B. Mackie (President and CEO):

 

$

378,000

 

Richard M. Lowry (EVP and COO):

 

$

355,000

 

Deborah A. Wensel (SVP and CFO):

 

$

225,000

 

William P. Pagendarm (VP, Division Manager):

 

$

173,000

 

Bradley T.J. Hansen (VP, Division Manager):

 

$

167,000

 

 

In addition, each of these executive officers is entitled to participate in the Company’s Annual Cash Bonus Plan, 401(k) Savings Plan and the 401(k) Lost Benefit Plan.

 


Exhibit 10.13

 

THE GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK COMPANY

ANNUAL CASH BONUS PLAN

 

Purpose

 

The Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company (the “Company”) Annual Cash Bonus Plan (the “Plan”) is established to provide annual cash bonuses to employees of the Company.  Different levels are utilized to compensate employees appropriately based on their ability to influence the profitability of Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation and its subsidiaries.

 

Administration

 

The plan is administered by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, and Chief Financial Officer (collectively, the “Committee”) which, subject to action of the Board, has complete discretion and authority with respect to the Plan and its application, except to the extent that discretion is expressly limited by the Plan.

 

Eligibility for Participation

 

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer in his sole discretion, designates each year those employees of the Company who shall participate in the Plan (a “Participant”).  A Participant whose employment by the Company terminates for any reason shall not participate in the Plan for the year of termination and, following such termination, the Company shall have no further obligation hereunder to that Participant.

 

Determination of Bonus Amounts

 

Bonus awards are determined as follows:

 

1.                          Holiday Bonus Plan – Annual holiday bonuses are paid to non-management employees.  Awards are based solely on Company performance.  A minimum EBITDA, defined as “Total Business Requirements”, must be attained to pay the minimum bonus.  The target bonus is paid if the Company’s EBITDA is between 85% and 115% of the Company’s Budgeted EBITDA for the year.   A maximum bonus is paid when EBITDA reaches above 115% of budgeted EBITDA.

 

Total Business Requirements is defined as interest expense plus a return on equity and a return on current capital spending.

 

Under this plan, employees are divided into four categories, based upon each employee’s level of responsibility.   Minimum bonuses are 50% of the target and maximum bonuses are 150% of the target.

 

2.                Performance Bonus Plan – Annual performance bonuses are awarded to management employees.  Awards are based on Company performance and individual performance.  Individual bonus amounts are discretionary, but a pool of allowable total awards is calculated based upon Company performance.

 

The bonus pools are determined as follows:

 

Actual EBITDA for year

 

Bonus Pool

< 70% of Budgeted EBITDA

 

No bonus pool

= 70% of Budgeted EBITDA

 

6.75% of eligible salaries

= 100% of Budgeted EBITDA

 

13.5% of eligible salaries

= 130% of Budgeted EBITDA

 

27% of eligible salaries

 

Between each EBITDA threshold, the bonus pool will be interpolated based on actual EBITDA.

 

1



 

3.                Senior Management Bonus Plan – Annual senior management awards are determined in accordance with existing employment contracts for the CEO and COO.  The threshold EBITDA for payment of minimum bonuses awards is 90% of the Company’s Budgeted EBITDA.

 

The bonuses range as follows:

 

Actual EBITDA for year

 

Bonus award

 

= 90% of Budgeted EBITDA

 

35% of annual salary

 

= Budgeted EBITDA

 

70% of annual salary

 

= 120% of Budgeted EBITDA

 

140% of annual salary

 

 

Between each EBITDA threshold, the awards are interpolated based on actual EBITDA.

 

Miscellaneous.

 

a)           Although it is the present intention of the Company to continue the Plan for a indefinite period of time, the Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan in its entirety at any time or to modify the Plan as it exists from time to time, provided that no such action shall adversely affect any bonus previously awarded under the Plan with respect to a prior Performance Year and provided further that no termination or modification which would adversely affect a Participant hereunder shall take effect with respect to a Performance Year in progress at the time of such action.

 

b)          No bonus payable under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge prior to actual receipt thereof by the payee; and any attempt to so anticipate, alienate, sell transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge prior to such receipt shall be void.  The Company shall not be liable in any manner for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person entitled to any bonus under the Plan.

 

c)           Nothing contained herein shall confer upon any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, nor limit the right of the Company or any subsidiary thereof to discharge or other wise deal with any participant without regard to the existence of the Plan.

 

d)          The Plan shall at all times be entirely unfunded and no provision shall at any time be made with respect to segregating assets of the Company or any subsidiary thereof for payment of any bonuses hereunder.  No Participant or any other person shall have any interest in any particular assets of the Company or any subsidiary thereof by reason of the right to receive a bonus under the Plan and any such Participant or any other person shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company or any subsidiary thereof with respect to any rights under the Plan.

 

e)           To the extent required by law, the Company will withhold from payments otherwise due hereunder such taxes required to be withheld by the federal or any state or local government.

 

f)             The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

 

2


Exhibit 10.14

 

[CONFORMED COPY, INCLUDING AMENDMENT Nos. 1 AND 2]

 

 

 

GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK COMPANY
401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

 

 

 

As Amended and Restated
Effective January 1, 1997

 

 



 

CONTENTS

 

PREAMBLE

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

NAME, QUALIFIED STATUS AND EFFECTIVE DATE

 

 

 

 

Section 1.1

Name

 

Section 1.2

Qualified Status

 

Section 1.3

Effective Date

 

Section 1.4

Safe-Harbor Plan

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

 

Section 2.1

“Accounts

 

Section 2.2

“Actual Deferral Percentage”

 

Section 2.3

“Administrative Committee”

 

Section 2.4

“Affiliated Employer”

 

Section 2.5

“Annual Addition”

 

Section 2.6

“Beneficiary”

 

Section 2.7

“Code”

 

Section 2.8

“Company”

 

Section 2.9

“Compensation”

 

Section 2.10

“Contribution Percentage”

 

Section 2.11

“Deferred Compensation”

 

Section 2.12

“Disabled”

 

Section 2.13

“Effective Date”

 

Section 2.14

“Elective Account”

 

Section 2.15

“Elective Contributions”

 

Section 2.16

“Employee”

 

Section 2.17

“Employer”

 

Section 2.18

“Employment Commencement Date”

 

Section 2.19

“Entry Date”

 

Section 2.20

“ERISA”

 

Section 2.21

“Highly Compensated Participant”

 

Section 2.22

“Hour of Service”

 

Section 2.23

“Limitation Year”

 

Section 2.24

“Matching Account”

 

Section 2.25

“Matching Contributions”

 

Section 2.26

“Non-Highly Compensated Participant”

 

Section 2.27

“Normal Retirement Date”

 

Section 2.28

“One-Year Break in Service”

 

Section 2.29

“Participant”

 

Section 2.30

“Participating Employer”

 

Section 2.31

“Plan Year”

 

Section 2.32

“Profit-Sharing Account”

 

 



 

Section 2.23

“Profit-Sharing Contributions”

 

Section 2.34

“Reemployment Commencement Date”

 

Section 2.35

“Rollover Account”

 

Section 2.36

“Secretary”

 

Section 2.37

“Trust”

 

Section 2.38

“Trust Agreement”

 

Section 2.39

“Trustee”

 

Section 2.40

“Trust Fund”

 

Section 2.41

“Valuation Date”

 

Section 2.42

“Year of Service”

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

PARTICIPATION

 

 

 

 

Section 3.1

Eligibility

 

Section 3.2

Beneficiary

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

 

 

Section 4.1

Elective Contributions

 

Section 4.2

Matching Contributions

 

Section 4.3

Profit-Sharing Contributions

 

Section 4.4

Limits on Employer Contributions

 

Section 4.5

Deferred Compensation Elections by Participants

 

Section 4.6

Rollover Contributions

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

ACCOUNTING AND ALLOCATIONS

 

 

 

 

Section 5.1

Individual Accounts

 

Section 5.2

Valuation of Trust Fund

 

Section 5.3

Allocation of Contributions and Forfeitures

 

Section 5.4

Limitation on Annual Additions

 

Section 5.5

Annual Dollar Limitation on Deferred Compensation

 

Section 5.6

Actual Deferral Percentage Tests

 

Section 5.7

Contribution Percentage Tests

 

Section 5.8

Multiple Use Limit

 

Section 5.9

Statements of Accounts

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

 

 

 

 

Section 6.1

Termination of Employment on Account of Retirement, Death or Disability

 

Section 6.2

Other Termination of Employment

 

Section 6.3

Method of Making Distributions

 

 

ii



 

Section 6.4

Special Provisions Concerning Married Participants

 

Section 6.5

Forms, Etc.

 

Section 6.6

Change of Address

 

Section 6.7

Incapacity

 

Section 6.8

Assignment or Alienation of Benefits

 

Section 6.9

Restrictions on Distributions

 

Section 6.10

Commencement of Benefits

 

Section 6.11

Required Distributions

 

Section 6.12

Death of Beneficiary

 

Section 6.13

Direct Rollovers of Eligible Rollover Distributions

 

Section 6.14

Increase in $3,500 Threshold

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

TRUST AND TRUSTEE

 

 

 

 

Section 7.1

Establishment of Trust

 

Section 7.2

Resignation and Removal of Trustee

 

Section 7.3

Powers and Duties of Trustee

 

Section 7.4

Payment of Compensation and Expenses

 

Section 7.5

Directed Investment of Accounts

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

ADMINISTRATION

 

 

 

 

Section 8.1

Administrative Committee

 

Section 8.2

Powers, Rights and Duties of Administrative Committee

 

Section 8.3

Delegation and Allocation of Administrative Committee’s Powers

 

Section 8.4

Compensation and Expenses of Administrative Committee

 

Section 8.5

Claims Procedure

 

Section 8.6

Administrative Committee Member Who Is a Participant

 

Section 8.7

Agent for Service of Process

 

Section 8.8

Capacity

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY

 

 

 

 

Section 9.1

Exercise of Fiduciaries’ Duties

 

Section 9.2

Prohibited Transactions

 

Section 9.3

Acts of Co-fiduciaries

 

Section 9.4

Bonding

 

Section 9.5

Indemnification

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENT; MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS; TERMINATION; NO REVERSION IN EMPLOYER

 

 

 

 

Section 10.1

Amendment

 

 

iii



 

Section 10.2

Merger, Consolidation or Transfer of Assets

 

Section 10.3

Complete Discontinuance of Contributions; Termination

 

Section 10.4

No Reversion in Employer

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

 

 

 

 

Section 11.1

In General

 

Section 11.2

Interest

 

Section 11.3

Maximum to be Loaned

 

Section 11.4

Repayment

 

Section 11.5

Truth-in-Lending

 

Section 11.6

Purpose of Loan

 

Section 11.7

Collateral Security

 

Section 11.8

Rules and Regulations

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

Section 12.1

Employment

 

Section 12.2

Records

 

Section 12.3

Usage

 

Section 12.4

Validity

 

Section 12.5

Counterparts

 

Section 12.6

Severability

 

Section 12.7

Conditional Restatement

 

Section 12.8

Veterans’ Rights

 

Section 12.9

Participating Employers

 

Section 12.10

Special Provisions Applicable to Persons Who Were Participants in Gates Construction Corp. 401(k) Retirement Plan

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

TOP-HEAVY PLAN PROVISIONS

 

 

 

 

Section 13.1

Application

 

Section 13.2

Definitions

 

Section 13.3

Distributions Prior to Determination Date

 

Section 13.4

Minimum Contribution

 

 

iv



 

PREAMBLE

 

Pursuant to the authority in Section 16.1 of the Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company 401(k) Savings Plan, Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company hereby amends and restates said plan in its entirety to read as follows effective January 1, 1997 (except as may otherwise be provided herein):

 

 



 

ARTICLE I

 

NAME, QUALIFIED STATUS AND EFFECTIVE DATE

 

1.1                                  Name .

 

The Plan as amended and restated herein shall continue be known as the “Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company 401(k) Savings Plan.”

 

1.2                                  Qualified Status .

 

(a)                                   It is intended that the Plan as amended and restated herein shall continue to constitute a qualified profit-sharing plan and that the Trust shall continue to be exempt from tax under the applicable provisions of the Code and ERISA and the Treasury Regulations and rulings thereunder.  If any provision of the Plan be subject to more than one interpretation, such provision shall be interpreted in a manner which shall be consistent with the Plan continuing to be regarded as a qualified profit-sharing plan and the Trust continuing to be exempt from tax as aforesaid.

 

(b)                                  Contributions to the Plan shall not be conditioned upon the existence of profits.  The Plan shall nevertheless be a profit-sharing plan for all purposes under the Code, including without limitation Code Section 401(a)(11)(B)(ii).

 

1.3                                  Effective Date .

 

The Plan, as amended and restated herein, shall be effective January 1, 1997, except as may otherwise be provided herein.

 

1.4                                  Safe-Harbor Plan .

 

(a)                                   Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2000, the Plan shall satisfy the “safe-harbor” provisions of Code Sections 401(k)(12)(B) and (C) and accordingly Sections 5.6, 5.7 and 5.8 of the Plan shall not be effective for such Plan Years.

 

(b)                                  At least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of each Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2000, the Administrative Committee shall provide each Participant a comprehensive notice of his rights and obligations under the Plan, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Participant.  If an Employee becomes eligible after the 90th day before the beginning of any such Plan Year and does not receive the notice for that reason, such notice shall be provided no more than 90 days before such Employee becomes a Participant, but not later than the date he becomes a Participant.

 

2



 

(c)                                   In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each Participant may make or modify a deferral election during the 30-day period immediately following receipt of the notice described in Section 1.4(b).

 

3



 

ARTICLE II

 

DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated below unless the context clearly requires otherwise:

 

2.1                                  Accounts ” shall mean the individual bookkeeping accounts maintained for a Participant as provided in Section 5.1.

 

2.2                                  Actual Deferral Percentage shall mean, with respect to the Highly Compensated Participant group and Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios, calculated separately for each Participant in each group, of the amount of Elective Contributions allocated to each such Participant’s Elective Account [unreduced by distributions made pursuant to Sections 5.5(b) and (c)] for such Plan Year, to such Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year.

 

2.3                                  Administrative Committee shall mean the entity administering the Plan in accordance with Article VIII.

 

2.4                                  Affiliated Employer shall mean any entity which is aggregated with the Company pursuant to Section 414 of the Code.

 

2.5                                  Annual Addition shall mean, with respect to a Participant for any Limitation Year, the sum of:

 

(a)                                   Employer contributions allocated to such Participant for such Limitation Year under this Plan and any other qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer;

 

(b)                                  Forfeitures, if any, allocated to such Participant for such Limitation Year under this Plan and under any other qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer;

 

(c)                                   Such Participant’s voluntary non-deductible contributions under any qualified plan of the Employer for such Limitation Year;

 

(d)                                  Amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, for such Limitation Year to an individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer; and

 

(e)                                   Amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after said date, which are attributable to post-retirement

 

4



 

medical benefits allocated for such Limitation Year to the separate account of a “key employee,” as defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the Employer.

 

For purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Employer” shall include any Affiliated Employer.

 

2.6                                  Beneficiary shall mean the person or persons designated by a Participant to receive any benefits payable under the Plan on account of the Participant’s death, subject to Section 7.4.  If no person has been designated as a Beneficiary by a Participant, or if the designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (if more than one) are not in existence at the time of his death, the term “Beneficiary” shall mean the Participant’s surviving spouse, or if there is no surviving spouse, the term “Beneficiary” shall mean the Participant’s descendants who survive him, per stirpes, or if there are no such descendants, the term “Beneficiary” shall mean the Participant’s estate.

 

2.7                                  Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

2.8                                  Company shall mean Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company.

 

2.9                                  Compensation shall mean “wages” as defined in Section 3401(a) of the Code and all other payments of compensation to a Participant by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish to such Participant a written statement under Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052 of the Code, determined without regard to any rules which limit the remuneration included in wages based upon the nature or location of the employment or the services performed [such as the exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code].  Effective as to remuneration paid after January 31, 2000, the term “Compensation” shall mean the total amount of all payments (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) made by the Employer to a Participant during a Plan Year for personal services actually rendered to the Employer in the course of employment with the Employer, to the extent that such amount is includible in gross income, including without limitation salary, bonuses, overtime or premium pay and commissions, fringe benefits and all other amounts described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-2(d)(2) and excluding those items set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-2(d)(3).  The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account for any Plan Year shall not exceed $160,000 (subject to cost-of-living adjustments prescribed by the Secretary).  Notwithstanding the first two sentences of this Section 2.9:

 

(a)                                   Except for purposes of Section 5.4 for Limitation Years beginning prior to January 1, 1998, there shall be included in a Participant’s Compensation (1) any “elective deferral” [as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code] and (2) any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of such Participant and which is not includible in his gross income under Section 125 of the Code.

 

5



 

(b)                                  There shall be excluded from a Participant’s Compensation all of the following: reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits.

 

(c)                                   For purpose of Section 5.3(c), bonuses shall be excluded from Compensation.

 

(d)                                  A Participant’s Compensation shall not include any amounts otherwise includable pursuant to this Section 2.8 which are attributable to any period before he became a Participant.

 

2.10                            Contribution Percentage shall mean, with respect to the Highly Compensated Participant group and Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios, calculated separately for each Participant in each group, of the amount of Matching Contributions allocated to each such Participant’s Matching Account for such Plan Year, to such Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year.

 

2.11                            Deferred Compensation with respect to any Participant shall mean that portion of such Participant’s Compensation for a Plan Year which such Participant has elected to defer pursuant to Section 4.4.

 

2.12                            Disabled with respect to a Participant shall mean his inability to perform any of the duties assigned by the Employer because of a medically-determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least 12 months.

 

2.13                            Effective Date shall mean the date specified in Section 1.3.

 

2.14                            Elective Account shall mean the Account established and maintained by the Administrative Committee for each Participant with respect to his total interest in the Plan resulting from the Employer’s Elective Contributions.  A Participant shall always be fully vested in the balance in his Elective Account.

 

2.15                            Elective Contributions shall mean the Employer’s contributions to the Plan which are made pursuant to Section 4.2.

 

2.16                            Employee shall mean any person employed by and who receives salary-based Compensation from the Employer, including officers of the Employer and directors thereof who are employed as officers or in some capacity other than solely as directors.  The term “Employee” shall not include a leased employee.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “leased employee” shall mean any person (other than an employee of the recipient)  who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person has performed services for the recipient [or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code] on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under

 

6



 

primary direction or control by the recipient.  In addition, the term “Employee” shall not include an individual who is included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement with the Company or any Participating Employer, if retirement benefits were the subject of good-faith bargaining in connection with such agreement.  Effective April 1, 1997, the term “Employee” shall not include any persons who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income [within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code] which constitutes income from sources within the United States [within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code].

 

2.17                            Employer shall mean, collectively, the Company and each Participating Employer.

 

2.18                            Employment Commencement Date shall mean the first day on which an Employee completes an Hour of Service.

 

2.19                            Entry Date shall mean the first day of each calendar quarter.  Effective April 1, 1997, the preceding sentence shall read as follows: “ Entry Date ” shall mean the first day of each calendar month.”

 

2.20                            ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

2.21                            Highly Compensated Participant shall mean, with respect to a Plan Year, any Employee who:

 

(a)                                   During such Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year was or at any time a “5-percent owner” within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1) of the Code; or

 

(b)                                  During such preceding Plan Year received Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 and was in the group of Employees of the Employer consisting of the top 20% of such Employees when ranked on the basis of Compensation paid during such preceding Plan Year.

 

The $80,000 amount in Section 2.21(b) shall be adjusted in the same time and in the same manner as provided in Code Section 415(d), except that the base period shall be the calendar quarter ended September 30, 1996.

 

2.22                            Hour of Service shall mean each hour (a) for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for an Employer during the applicable Plan Year; (b) for which an Employee, directly or indirectly, is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence; provided, however, that no more than 501 Hours of Service are required to be credited under this Section 2.22(b) to an Employee on

 

7



 

account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single Plan Year), and no Hours of Service are required to be credited to the Employee if such payment or entitlement to payment (i) is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workmen’s compensation, or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws or (ii) solely reimburses the Employee for medical or medically-related expenses incurred by him; and (c) for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded to an Employee or agreed by the Employer to be paid to the Employee, with such hours to be credited to the Employee for the Plan Year or Plan Years to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the Plan Year in which the award, agreement or payment is made.  For purposes of this Section 2.22, a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from the Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund, or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer or other entity are for the benefit of particular Employees or are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate.  The same Hours of Service shall not be credited under both Sections 2.22(a) or (b) and under Section 2.22(c).  The special rules of the Department of Labor Regulations at 29 C.F.R. Sections 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) relating to determining Hours of Service for reasons other than the performance of duties and crediting Hours of Service to computation periods are incorporated herein by this reference.  In the case of an Employee who is absent from work for any period (i) by reason of the Employee = s pregnancy, the birth of a child of the Employee or the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with such child’s adoption by the Employee or (ii) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement, the Plan shall treat as Hours of Service, solely in order to determine whether a One-Year Break in Service has occurred for purposes of eligibility, either (1) the Hours of Service which would normally have been credited to such Employee but for such absence, or (2) in any case in which the Plan is unable to determine the hours described in the preceding clause, 8 Hours of Service per day of such absence; provided, however, that the total number of hours treated as Hours of Service pursuant to this sentence by reason of any such pregnancy, birth or placement shall not exceed 501; and provided further that the Employee shall give the Administrative Committee such timely information as it may reasonably require to establish (i) that the absence from work is on account of one or more of the reasons enumerated above and (ii) the number of days for which there was such an absence.  The hours described in the preceding sentence shall be treated as Hours of Service (A) only in the Plan Year in which the absence from work begins, if the Employee would be prevented from incurring a One-Year Break in Service in such period solely because periods of absence are treated as Hours of Service in accordance with the preceding sentence; or (B) in any other case, in the immediately following Plan Year.  An Employee shall also receive full credit under the Plan, for eligibility and vesting purposes, for Hours of Service earned with respect to any Affiliated Employer.  Hours of Service completed prior to the Effective Date of the Plan shall be taken into account.  An Employee shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week or during which he completes at least one Hour of Service as determined under the preceding provisions of this Section 2.22.

 

8



 

2.23                            Limitation Year shall mean the 12-month period for purposes of determining the limitation on Annual Additions, in accordance with Section 415 of the Code, which period shall begin on January 1 and shall end on the following December 31.

 

2.24                            Matching Account shall mean the Account established and maintained by the Administrative Committee for each Participant with respect to his total interest in the Plan resulting from the Employer’s Matching Contributions and forfeitures allocated pursuant to Section 5.3(b).  A Participant shall always be fully vested in the balance in his Matching Account.

 

2.25                            Matching Contributions shall mean the Employer’s contributions to the Plan which are made pursuant to Section 4.2.

 

2.26                            Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall mean any Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Participant.

 

2.27                            Normal Retirement Date shall mean the date a Participant attains age 65.

 

2.28                            One-Year Break in Service shall mean any Plan Year during which an Employee fails to complete more than 500 Hours of Service.

 

2.29                            Participant shall mean an Employee who has become a Participant in the Plan as provided in Article III and shall include any Participant no longer actively employed by the Employer, and any Beneficiary of a deceased Participant, until all benefits due such Participant under the Plan shall have been fully distributed.

 

2.30                            Participating Employer shall mean any Affiliated Employer which shall adopt the Plan in accordance with Section 12.9.

 

2.31                            Plan Year shall mean the period beginning on January 1 and ending on the following December 31.

 

2.32                            Profit-Sharing Account shall mean the Account established and maintained by the Administrative Committee for each Participant with respect to his total interest in the Plan resulting from the Employer’s Profit-Sharing Contributions and forfeitures allocated pursuant to Section 5.3(c).  A Participant shall be fully vested in the balance in his Profit-Sharing Account:

 

(a)                                   If his Employment Commencement Date was prior to October 1, 1996;

 

(b)                                  At such time as he completes 3 Years of Service;

 

(c)                                   Upon attainment of His Normal Retirement Date while an Employee; or

 

(d)                                  In the event of his death or Disability while an Employee.

 

9



 

If a Participant who is not vested in the balance in his Profit-Sharing Account incurs 5 consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, such balance shall be forfeited by such Participant and shall be allocated as provided in Section 5.3(d).

 

2.33                            Profit-Sharing Contributions shall mean the Employer’s contributions to the Plan which are made pursuant to Section 4.3.

 

2.34                            Reemployment Commencement Date shall mean the first day on which an Employee completes an Hour of Service after having previously terminated his employment.

 

2.35                            Rollover Account shall mean the separate bookkeeping account established and maintained for each Participant who has made one or more rollover contributions to the Plan pursuant to Section 4.6, which account shall be credited with the amount of such contributions.  A Participant shall always be fully vested in the balance in his Rollover Account.

 

2.36                            Secretary shall mean the Secretary of the Treasury, or his delegate.

 

2.37                            Trust shall mean the trust created pursuant to a Trust Agreement.  In the event there is more than one Trust Agreement, unless the context otherwise admits, the term “Trust” shall mean, collectively, all trusts created pursuant to such agreements.  The Trust forms a part of the Plan.  Effective August 1, 2000, the Trust shall be the Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company 401(k) Savings Plans Master Trust, as set forth in a Master Trust Agreement by and between the Company and Fidelity Management Trust Company and dated July 24, 2000.

 

2.38                            Trust Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Company and a corporation, establishing a Trust.

 

2.39                            Trustee shall mean, with respect to a Trust Agreement, the corporation acting as trustee thereunder.  As of the Effective Date, the Trustee is Bank of America Illinois.  Effective August 1, 2000, the Trustee shall be Fidelity Management Trust Company.

 

2.40                            Trust Fund shall mean the cash, securities and any other property held by the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of the Trust Agreement, together with any earnings or income therefrom.

 

2.41                            Valuation Date shall mean the last day of each Plan Year and each other day, determined by the Administrative Committee in its discretion (exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner) as of which the assets of Trust are valued.

 

2.42                            Year of Service shall mean a Plan Year during which an Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service.  In determining the Years of Service of an Employee:

 

10



 

(a)                                   There shall be included all of his Years of Service with the Employer, including Years of Service completed prior to the date the Plan initially took effect.

 

(b)                                  His Years of Service prior to a One-Year Break in Service shall be disregarded until he has completed a Year of Service after his reemployment.

 

(c)                                   His Years of Service prior to any period of consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service shall be disregarded if he did not have a nonforfeitable right to any portion of his Accounts at the time his employment was terminated and the number of consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service within such period equals or exceeds the greater of (1) 5 or (2) the aggregate number of Years of Service before such period.

 

(d)                                  In the case of a Participant who has incurred a period of 5 consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, Years of Service after such period shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the vested percentage of his Profit-Sharing Account which accrued before such period.

 

11



 

ARTICLE III

 

PARTICIPATION

 

3.1                                  Eligibility

 

(a)                                   Each Employee who was a Participant as of December 31, 1996 shall continue to be a Participant as of the Effective Date.

 

(b)                                  Each Employee not described in Section 3.1(a) shall become a Participant as of the first Entry Date coinciding with or next following his Employment Commencement Date.

 

(c)                                   If a Participant terminates his employment with the Employer and thereafter returns to the employ of the Employer, he shall resume active participation in the Plan as of his Reemployment Commencement Date.

 

3.2                                  Beneficiary .

 

Subject to Section 7.4, an Employee, upon becoming a Participant, may designate a Beneficiary of his own choosing, and may, in addition, designate a contingent Beneficiary.  A Participant may at any time revoke his designation of a Beneficiary or change his Beneficiary previously designated.  Any such designation, revocation or change shall be made in writing on forms provided for the purpose and filed with the Administrative Committee.

 

12



 

ARTICLE IV

 

CONTRIBUTIONS

 

4.1                                  Elective Contributions .

 

For each Plan Year the Employer shall contribute to the Plan for such Plan Year an Elective Contribution equal to the Deferred Compensation of all Participants employed by such Employer for such Plan Year.

 

4.2                                  Matching Contributions .

 

(a)                                   For each quarter of each Plan Year, the Employer shall make a Matching Contribution equal to equal 66-2/3% of each eligible Participant’s Elective Contribution for such quarter, excluding any Elective Contribution which exceeds 6% of such Participant’s Compensation for such quarter.  Effective April 1, 1997, the preceding sentence shall read as follows:  “For each quarter of each Plan Year, the Employer shall make a Matching Contribution equal to equal 100% of each eligible Participant’s Elective Contribution for such quarter, excluding any Elective Contribution which exceeds 6% of such Participant’s Compensation for such quarter.”  In order to be entitled to a Matching Contribution for a Plan Year, a Participant must be employed by the Employer on the last day of such Plan Year.  Effective April 1, 1997, the preceding sentence shall read as follows:  “In order to be entitled to a Matching Contribution for any quarter of a Plan Year, a Participant must be employed by the Employer on the last day of such quarter, unless his employment terminated during such quarter on account of retirement (on or after his Normal Retirement Date), Disability or death.”  Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2000, this Section 4.1(a) shall read as follows:

 

(a)           For each quarter of each Plan Year, the Employer shall make a Matching Contribution equal to equal 100% of each eligible Participant’s Elective Contribution for such quarter, excluding any Elective Contribution which exceeds 6% of such Participant’s Compensation for such quarter.

 

(b)                                  All Matching Contributions shall be subject to the restrictions on distributions of Elective Contributions set forth in Section 4.5(b) and may be taken into account by the Administrative Committee for purposes of the Actual Deferral Percentage tests set forth in Section 5.6.  Any such Matching Contributions which are taken into account for purposes of Section 5.6 shall not be taken into account for purposes of the Actual Contribution Percentage tests in Section 5.7.

 

4.3                                  Profit-Sharing Contributions .

 

(a)                                   For each Plan Year the board of directors of the Company shall determine the Profit-Sharing Contribution, if any, to be paid to the Plan.

 

13



 

(b)                                  The Employer’s Profit-Sharing Contribution for a Plan Year may be made in a single installment or in 2 or more installments in cash to the Trustee, and shall be considered made on the last day of such Plan Year.

 

(c)                                   In order to be entitled to a share of the Employer’s Profit-Sharing Contribution for a Plan Year, a Participant must be employed on the last day of such Plan Year.

 

4.4                                  Limits on Employer Contributions .

 

In no event shall the Employer’s contributions for a Plan Year pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3:

 

(a)                                   Cause the Annual Additions to any Participant’s Accounts to exceed the limits specified in Section 5.5;

 

(b)                                  Exceed the amount deductible under Section 404 of the Code; or

 

(c)                                   Be paid to the Trustee later than the time (including any extensions thereof) prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s Federal income tax return for its taxable year corresponding to the Plan Year to which the contribution relates.

 

Notwithstanding Section 4.4(c), the Employer’s Elective Contribution shall be paid to the Trustee with reasonable promptness, and in any event not later than the 15th business day of the month following the month in which occurred the payroll deductions comprising such contribution.

 

4.5                                  Deferred Compensation Elections by Parti cipants .

 

(a)                                   Each Participant may elect to defer a portion of his Compensation expressed as a whole-number multiple of 1% of his Compensation (but not more than 15%); provided, however, that a Highly Compensated Participant may not defer more than 6% of his Compensation unless the Administrative Committee determines that a higher percentage is permissible.  Effective April 1, 1997, the preceding sentence shall read as follows:  “Each Participant may elect to defer a portion of his Compensation expressed a whole-number multiple of 1% of his Compensation (but not more than 8%); provided, however, that a Highly Compensated Participant may not defer more than 6% of his Compensation unless the Administrative Committee determines that a higher percentage is permissible.”  The amount by which a Participant’s Compensation is deferred shall be that Participant’s Deferred Compensation and shall be treated as an Elective Contribution.  Any Participant may change or suspend his election pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) in accordance with procedures specified by the Administrative Committee.

 

(b)                                  Amounts held in a Participant’s Elective Account shall not be distributable prior to the earliest of:

 

14



 

(1)                                   His termination of employment with the Company and all Affiliated Employers, or his death;

 

(2)                                   The termination of the Plan without establishment of a successor plan by the Employer or an entity aggregated with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer;

 

(3)                                   The date of the sale by the Employer to an entity that is not an Affiliated Employer of substantially all of the assets [within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2)] with respect to a Participant who continues employment with the corporation acquiring such assets; or

 

(4)                                   The date of the sale by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer of its interest in a subsidiary [within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(3)] to an entity which is not an Affiliated Employer with respect to a Participant who continues employment with such subsidiary.

 

The Administrative Committee may authorize distribution of a Participant’s Elective Account where any of the events in Sections 4.5(b)(1) through 4.5(b)(4) has occurred, subject to all other requirements of the Plan concerning distributions.

 

(c)                                   The Administrative Committee shall adopt a procedure necessary to implement the salary reduction elections provided for herein.

 

4.6                                  Rollover Contributions .

 

(a)                                   A Participant may transfer, or cause to be transferred, to the Trust Fund all or part of a distribution in cash or in kind which he receives from a trust qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, provided such distribution is an “Eligible Rollover Distribution,” as defined in Section 6.13(b)(4).

 

(b)                                  The Administrative Committee shall develop such procedures, and may require such information from the Participant desiring to make such a transfer, as it deems necessary or desirable to determine that the proposed transfer will meet the requirements of this Section 4.6.  Upon approval by the Administrative Committee, the amount transferred shall be deposited in the Trust Fund and shall be credited to Rollover Account established and maintained in such Participant’s name.

 

(c)                                   A Participant shall always be fully vested in the balance in his Rollover Account.

 

15



 

ARTICLE V

 

ACCOUNTING AND ALLOCATIONS

 

5.1                                  Individual Accounts .

 

Adequate records shall be established and maintained to disclose the interest of each Participant in the Trust Fund.  Such records shall be in the form of individual Accounts which shall be credited and charged in the manner provided in the Plan.

 

5.2                                  Valuation of Trust Fund .

 

The assets of the Trust Fund shall be valued at fair market value as of each Valuation Date.  As to each investment fund subject to Participant direction in accordance with Section 7.5, the earnings or losses thereof since the preceding Valuation Date shall be allocated among the Accounts of Participants holding shares or units of such fund pro rata .  For Participants on whose behalf directed brokerage accounts have been established pursuant to Section 7.5(e), the earnings or losses of the assets held in such accounts shall be credited or charged to such accounts, as the case may be, as of each Valuation Date.  Each Account shall be adjusted for distributions and repayments since the immediately preceding Valuation Date.

 

5.3                                  Allocation of Contributions and Forfeitu res .

 

(a)                                   As of each Valuation Date, any Elective Contributions received by the Trustee since the preceding Valuation Date shall be credited to the Elective Accounts of the Participants on whose behalf such contributions were made.

 

(b)                                  As of each Valuation Date, any Matching Contributions received by the Trustee since the preceding Valuation Date shall be credited to the Matching Accounts of the Participants on whose behalf such contributions were made.

 

(c)                                   As of the last Valuation Date in a Plan Year, the Employer’s Profit-Sharing contribution, if any, for such year shall be allocated among the Accounts of Participants who were employed by the Employer on the last day of such Plan Year pro rata in accordance with the relative Compensation of each such Participant for such Plan Year.

 

(d)                                  Forfeitures arising during a Plan Year shall first be used to reduce the Employer’s Matching Contribution for such year and if any forfeitures then remain, they shall be used to offset the Employer’s Profit-Sharing Contribution for such year.

 

16



 

5.4                                  Limitation on Annual Additions .

 

(a)                                   In no event shall any Annual Addition with respect to a Participant for a Limitation Year exceed the lesser of:

 

(1)                                   $30,000, adjusted by allowable increases attributable to cost of living as prescribed by the Secretary; or

 

(2)                                   25% of such Participant’s Compensation for such Limitation Year.

 

(b)                                  In the event any Participant is participating or has participated in a defined benefit plan of an the Company or an Affiliated Employer, the Annual Addition with respect to such Participant for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the amount permitted by Section 415(e) of the Code, and if the sum of the “defined benefit plan fraction” and the “defined contribution plan fraction” [as defined in said Section 415(e)] shall exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year for any such Participant, the Employer shall adjust the numerator of the “defined contribution plan fraction” so that the sum of both fractions shall not exceed 1.0 for such year, and the amount of the Annual Addition with respect to such Participant for such year shall be reduced accordingly.  This Section 5.4(b) shall not apply as to Annual Additions in Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1999.

 

5.5                                  Annual Dollar Limitation on Deferred Com pensation .

 

(a)                                   A Participant’s Deferred Compensation shall not exceed $9,500 for the taxable year of the Participant.  This dollar limitation shall be adjusted annually as provided in Code Section 415(d) pursuant to regulations of the Secretary.  The adjusted limitation shall be effective as of the beginning of each calendar year.

 

(b)                                  In the event that the dollar limitation provided for in Section 5.5(a) is exceeded, the Administrative Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute such excess amount, and any income allocable to such amount, to the Participant not later than the first April 15 following the close of the Participant’s taxable year.  If there is a loss allocable to such excess amount, the distribution shall in no event be less than the lesser of the Participant’s Elective Account or the Participant’s Deferred Compensation for the Plan Year.  Income or loss shall be allocated to such excess amount in accordance with Regulation Section 1.402(g)-1(e)(5), excluding income or loss for the period between the end of such taxable year and the date of distribution.  If there is a loss allocable to such excess amount, the distribution shall in no event be less than the lesser of the balance in the Participant’s Elective Account or the Participant’s Deferred Compensation for the Plan Year.

 

(c)                                   In the event that a Participant is also a participant in (1) another qualified cash-or-deferred arrangement [as defined in Code Section 401(k)], (2) a simplified employee pension [as defined in Code Section 408(k)] or (3) a salary reduction arrangement [within the meaning of Code

 

17



 

Section 3121(a)(5)(D)] and the elective deferrals, as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3), made under such other arrangement(s) and this Plan cumulatively exceed $9,500 [or such amount adjusted annually as provided in Code Section 415(d) pursuant to regulations] for such Participant’s taxable year, such Participant may, not later than March 1 following the close of his taxable year, notify the Administrative Committee in writing of such excess and request that his Deferred Compensation under this Plan be reduced by an amount specified by him.  Such amount may then be distributed in the same manner as provided in Section 5.5(b), together with income or loss allocated thereto determined in accordance with the procedure specified in Section 5.5(b).

 

5.6                                  Actual Deferral Percentage Tests .

 

(a)                                   For each Plan Year, the annual allocation derived from Elective Contributions to a Participant’s Elective Account shall satisfy one of the following tests:

 

(1)                                   The Actual Deferral Percentage for the Highly Compensated Participant group for such Plan Year shall not be more than the Actual Deferral Percentage of the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for such Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

 

(2)                                   The excess of the Actual Deferral Percentage for the Highly Compensated Participant group for such Plan Year over the Actual Deferral Percentage for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for such Plan Year shall not be more than 2 percentage points or such lesser amount determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations to prevent the multiple use of this alternative limitation with respect to any Highly Compensated Participant.  Additionally, the Actual Deferral Percentage for the Highly Compensated Participant group for such Plan Year shall not exceed the Actual Deferral Percentage for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for such Plan Year multiplied by 2.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of Sections 5.6(a) and (d), a Highly Compensated Participant and a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall include any Participant eligible to make a deferral election pursuant to Section 4.4, whether or not such deferral election was made.

 

(c)                                   If 2 or more plans which include cash-or-deferred arrangements are considered one plan for the purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b), the cash-or-deferred arrangements included in such plans shall be treated as one arrangement.

 

(d)                                  In the event that the initial allocation of the Employer’s Elective Contributions does not satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 5.6(a) [after taking into account any distributions pursuant to Sections 5.5(b) and (c)], the Administrative Committee shall adjust the Employer’s Elective Contribution as follows:  On or before the 15th day of the third month following the end of each Plan Year, but in no event later than the close of the following Plan Year, the amount necessary

 

18



 

to reduce the Elective Contributions of Highly Compensated Participants to the point where one of such tests is satisfied, determined by reducing Elective Contributions on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants in the order of their Actual Deferral Percentages, beginning with the highest of such percentages (the “Excess Elective Contributions”), shall be distributed among such Highly Compensated Participants with the largest amount of Elective Contributions taken into account in calculating the Actual Deferral Percentage tests for the Plan Year in which such Excess Elective Contributions arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Participant with the largest amount of such Elective Contributions and continuing in descending order until all such Excess Elective Contributions have been allocated.  Income or loss shall be allocated to such Excess Elective Contributions in accordance with Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(f)(4)(ii), excluding income or loss for the period between the end of the Plan Year in which such Excess Elective Contributions arose and the date of distribution.

 

5.7                                  Contribution Percentage Tests .

 

(a)                                   For each Plan Year, the annual allocation derived from Matching Contributions to a Participant’s Matching Account shall satisfy one of the following tests:

 

(1)                                   The Contribution Percentage for the Highly Compensated Participant group for such Plan Year shall not be more than 125% of the Contribution Percentage of the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for such Plan Year; or

 

(2)                                   The excess of the Contribution Percentage for the Highly Compensated Participant group for such Plan Year over the Contribution Percentage for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for such Plan Year shall not be more than 2 percentage points or such lesser amount determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations to prevent the multiple use of this alternative limitation with respect to any Highly Compensated Participant.  Additionally, the Contribution Percentage for the Highly Compensated Participant group for such Plan Year shall not exceed 200% of the Contribution Percentage for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for such Plan Year.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of Sections 5.7(a) and (d), a Highly Compensated Participant and a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall include any Participant eligible to make a deferral election pursuant to Section 4.4, whether or not such deferral election was made.

 

(c)                                   If 2 or more plans which include matching contribution arrangements are considered one plan for the purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b), the matching contribution arrangements included in such plans shall be treated as one arrangement.

 

19



 

(d)                                  In the event that the initial allocation of the Employer’s Matching Contributions does not satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 5.7(a), the Administrative Committee shall adjust the Employer’s Matching Contribution as follows:  On or before the 15th day of the third month following the end of each Plan Year, but in no event later than the close of the following Plan Year, the amount necessary to reduce the Matching Contributions of Highly Compensated Participants to the point where one of such tests is satisfied, determined by reducing Matching Contributions on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants in the order of their Contribution Percentages, beginning with the highest of such percentages (the “Excess Matching Contributions”), shall be distributed among such Highly Compensated Participants with the largest amount of Matching Contributions taken into account in calculating the Contribution Percentage tests for the Plan Year in which such Excess Matching Contributions arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Participant with the largest amount of such Matching Contributions and continuing in descending order until all such Excess Matching Contributions have been allocated.  Income or loss shall be allocated to such Excess Matching Contributions in accordance with Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(e)(3)(ii), excluding income or loss for the period between the end of the Plan Year in which such Excess Matching Contributions arose and the date of distribution.

 

5.8                                  Multiple Use Limit .

 

If the Actual Deferral Percentage tests are satisfied by use of the limitation in Section 5.6(a)(2) and, in the same Plan Year, the Contribution Percentage tests are satisfied by use of the limitation in Section 5.7(a)(2), and if the Aggregate Limit is exceeded, then the Contribution Percentage of Highly Compensated Participants receiving Matching Contributions shall be adjusted in the manner described in Section 5.7(d) until the Aggregate Limit is not exceeded.  The term “Aggregate Limit” shall mean, as to a Plan Year, the greater of:

 

(a)                                   The sum of (1) 1.25 times the greater of (i) the Actual Deferral Percentage of the Highly Compensated Participants in the Plan for such Plan Year or (ii) the Contribution Percentage of such Highly Compensated Participants for such Plan Year and (2) the lesser of (i) 2 percentage points plus the lesser of such Actual Deferral Percentage or such Contribution Percentage or (ii) 2 times the lesser of such Actual Deferral Percentage or such Contribution Percentage.

 

(b)                                  The sum of (1) 1.25 times the lesser of (i) the Actual Deferral Percentage of the Highly Compensated Participants in the Plan for such Plan Year or (ii) the Contribution Percentage of such Highly Compensated Participants for such Plan Year and (2) the lesser of (i) 2 percentage points plus the greater of such Actual Deferral Percentage or such Contribution Percentage or (ii) 2 times the greater of such Actual Deferral Percentage or such Contribution Percentage.

 

20



 

5.9                                  Statements of Accounts .

 

Each Participant shall receive a statement of the balance in his Accounts not less than quarterly.

 

21



 

ARTICLE VI

 

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

 

6.1                                  Termination of Employment on Account of Retirement, Death or Disability .

 

If a Participant’s employment with the Employer is terminated on or after he attains his Normal Retirement Date, or on account of death or Disability, the entire balance in his Accounts shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, be distributed to or for his benefit, or to or for the benefit of his Beneficiary (subject to Section 6.4), as the case may be, in the manner provided in Section 6.3.

 

6.2                                  Other Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                                   If, on the termination of a Participant’s employment for any reason other than as specified in Section 6.1, (1) the vested amount of the balance in his Accounts is not greater than $3,500 or (2) he files with the Administrative Committee a written request for the payment of his entire vested amount, the Administrative Committee shall direct the Trustee to pay out such Participant’s vested amount as soon as practicable.  Upon payment of such amount, any nonvested portion of his Profit-Sharing Account shall be immediately forfeited.  Such forfeited amount shall be reinstated (by an additional Employer contribution for this purpose) if the Participant returns to the employ of the Employer and repays the full amount of the distribution prior to the earlier of:

 

(1)                                   5 years after he is subsequently re-employed by the Employer; or

 

(2)                                   The close of the first period of 5 consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service commencing after such distribution.

 

The Administrative Committee shall give timely notification to any rehired person, if such person is eligible to make a repayment, of the consequences of not making such repayment.

 

(b)                                  If a Participant terminates employment at the time there are no balances in his Elective Account, Matching Account and Rollover Account and the vested balance in his Profit-Sharing Account is zero, upon such termination of employment he shall be deemed to have received a distribution of the entire vested balance in his Accounts, and in the event he should become re-employed by the Employer within the time specified for repayment in Section 6.2(b)(2), the balance in his Profit-Sharing Account shall be reinstated (by an additional Employer contribution for this purpose).

 

6.3                                  Method of Making Distributions .

 

Distribution of the vested credit balance in a Participant’s Accounts shall be made to or for his benefit, or to or for the benefit of his Beneficiary, by payment in a lump sum.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if distribution must begin to a Participant in accordance

 

22



 

with Section 6.11, he may elect to receive payment in substantially equal annual installments over a period certain equal to his life expectancy, or the joint life expectancy of himself and his designated beneficiary, in accordance with Treasury regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, and for this purpose life expectancy may not be recalculated annually.

 

6.4                                  Special Provisions Concerning Married Pa rticipants .

 

Notwithstanding any Beneficiary designation in effect, if a Participant is married at a time of his death, his vested interest in his Accounts shall be payable to his surviving spouse, unless he has designated some other Beneficiary and said surviving spouse has given her consent to the payment of such interest to such Beneficiary, which consent shall acknowledge the effect thereof.  Any such consent (a) shall be in writing, (b) shall be witnessed by a notary public or by a representative of the Plan and (c) shall be effective only with respect to the spouse giving it.  No consent shall be required where it is established to the satisfaction of the Administrative Committee that the Participant’s surviving spouse cannot be located or because of such other circumstances as the Secretary shall have prescribed by regulations.

 

6.5                                  Forms, Etc .

 

Each Participant who retires, resigns or is discharged, and the Beneficiary of any deceased Participant, shall be required to complete such administrative forms and furnish such proof as the Administrative Committee shall deem necessary and appropriate for purposes of administering the Plan.

 

6.6                                  Change of Address .

 

It shall be the duty of each retired, resigned or discharged Participant, and any Beneficiary of any deceased Participant, to keep on file with the Administrative Committee a correct mailing address or to claim in person each benefit payment as it becomes due.

 

6.7                                  Incapacity .

 

If the Administrative Committee determines that any retired, resigned or discharged Participant, or any Beneficiary of a deceased Participant, is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or injury or because he is a minor, any benefits due to him may be paid to the spouse or parent of such Participant or Beneficiary, or to his legal representative, duly appointed guardian or some other person designated to receive such benefits on his behalf.

 

6.8                                  Assignment or Alienation of Benefits .

 

(a)                                   No benefit or interest available hereunder shall be subject to assignment or alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily.

 

23



 

(b)                                  Section 6.8(a) shall not apply to the creation, assignment or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined to be a “qualified domestic relations order,” as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, or any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985.  Distribution of all or part of a Participant’s benefits to an alternate payee under such an order may be made at any time, irrespective of whether such Participant has attained the “earliest retirement age” [within the meaning of Section 414(p)(4)(B) of the Code].

 

(c)                                   Section 6.8(a) shall also not apply to any offset of a Participant’s benefits provided under the Plan against an amount that he is ordered or required to pay to the Plan if:

 

(1)                                   The order or requirement to pay arises (i) under a judgment of conviction for a crime involving the Plan; (ii) under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA; or (iii) pursuant to a settlement agreement between the Secretary of Labor and such Participant, or a settlement agreement between the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and such Participant, in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of Part 4 of such subtitle by a fiduciary or any other person;

 

(2)                                   Such judgment, order, decree, or settlement agreement expressly provides for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against such Participant’s benefits provided under the Plan; and

 

(3)                                   In a case in which the survivor annuity requirements of Section 401(a)(11) of the Code apply with respect to distributions from the Plan to such Participant, if such Participant has a spouse at the time at which such offset is to be made, (i) either such spouse has consented in writing to such offset and such consent is witnessed by a notary public or representative of the Plan [or it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that such consent may not be obtained by reason of circumstances described in Section 417(a)(2)(B) of the Code], or an election to waive the right of such spouse to either a “qualified joint and survivor annuity” [within the meaning of Section 417(b) of the Code] or a “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” [within the meaning of section 417(c) of the Code] is in effect in accordance with the requirements of Section 417(a) of the Code; (ii) such spouse is ordered or required in such judgment, order, decree or settlement to pay an amount to the Plan in connection with a violation of Part 4 of such subtitle; or (iii) in such judgment, order, decree, or settlement, such spouse retains the right to receive the survivor annuity under such a qualified joint and survivor annuity provided pursuant to Section 401(a)(11)(A)(i) of the Code and

 

24



 

under such a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity provided pursuant to Section 401(a)(11)(A)(ii) of the Code, determined in accordance with Section 401(a)(13)(D) of the Code.

 

This Section 6.8(c) shall apply to judgments, orders and decrees issued, and settlement agreements entered into, on or after August 5, 1997.

 

6.9                                  Restrictions on Distributions .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Administrative Committee shall not direct the Trustee distribute, or cause to be distributed, a Participant’s interest in his Accounts, if such interest exceeds $3,500, without the recipient’s consent prior to his Normal Retirement Date.  If the value of a Participant’s vested interest in his Accounts, determined at the time of a distribution to such Participant, exceeds $3,500, then such value at any subsequent time shall be deemed to exceed $3,500.

 

6.10                            Commencement of Benefits .

 

Unless a Participant or Beneficiary otherwise elects, payment of benefits under the Plan to such Participant or Beneficiary shall commence not later than the 60th day after the latest to close of the Plan Year in which (a) the date on which the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Date, (b) occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan or (c) the Participant terminates his service with the Employer.

 

6.11                            Required Distributions .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan:

 

(a)                                   The entire interest of each Participant in the Plan (1) shall be distributed to such Participant not later than the Required Beginning Date (as hereinafter defined) or (2) shall be distributed beginning not later than the Required Beginning Date, or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such Participant or the life expectancy of such Participant and a Designated Beneficiary.

 

(b)                                  If the distribution of a Participant’s interest in the Plan has begun in accordance with Section 6.11(a)(2) and such Participant dies before his entire interest has been distributed to him, the remaining portion of his interest shall be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under Section 6.11(a)(2) as of the date of his death.

 

(c)                                   If a Participant dies before distribution of his interest in the Plan has begun under Section 6.11(a)(2), the entire such interest shall be distributed within 5 years after his death.  Any portion of a deceased Participant’s interest in the Plan which is

 

25



 

payable to, or for the benefit of, a Designated Beneficiary shall, for purposes of the preceding sentence, be treated as distributed on the date on which distribution of such portion begins provided (1) such portion shall actually be distributed (in accordance with regulations of the Secretary) over a period not extending beyond such Designated Beneficiary’s life expectancy and (2) actual distribution of such portion begins not later than one year after the date of such deceased Participant’s death (or such later date as the Secretary may be regulations prescribe), except that if any such Designated Beneficiary is the surviving spouse of such deceased Participant, distribution of the portion of the deceased Participant’s interest in the Plan to or for the benefit of such surviving spouse need not begin earlier than the date on which such deceased Participant would have attained age 70-1/2.  If such surviving spouse dies before distribution of such portion were to begin, the preceding sentence shall be applied, with respect to such portion, as if such surviving spouse were the Participant.

 

(d)                                  The “Required Beginning Date,” for purposes of this Section 6.11, shall mean, with respect to a Participant, April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such Participant attains age 70-1/2.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except for a Participant who is a “5% owner” [as defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Code], the Required Beginning Date of a Participant who attains age 70-1/2 on or after January 1, 2001 shall be April 1 of the calendar year following the later of (i) the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2 or (ii) the calendar year in which he terminates employment.

 

(e)                                   The life expectancy of a Participant or such Participant’s spouse shall not be redetermined annually for purposes of this Section 6.11.

 

(f)                                     For purposes of this Section 6.11, the term “Designated Beneficiary” shall have the meaning set forth in Proposed Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Part D.

 

(g)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.11, distributions from the Plan shall be made in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, including Proposed Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2, and the provisions of the Plan reflecting Section 401(a)(9) and such regulations shall override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Section 401(a)(9) and such regulations.

 

(h)                                  In the event of any conflict between the (1) provisions of this Section 6.11 and (2) the provisions of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations thereunder [including without limitation Proposed Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2], the provisions referred to in Clause (2) herein shall be controlling and all distributions made under the Plan shall be in accordance with such provisions.

 

26



 

6.12                            Death of Beneficiary .

 

If any Beneficiary dies after having received some but less than all of his entire interest in the Trust Fund, the undistributed portion thereof shall be paid to such Beneficiary’s estate.

 

6.13                            Direct Rollovers of Eligible Rollover Di stributions .

 

(a)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary which would otherwise limit a Distributee = s election under this Section 6.13, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner permitted by the Administrative Committee, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Section 6.13:

 

(1)                                   Direct Rollover ” shall mean a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by a Distributee.

 

(2)                                   Distributee ” shall mean a Participant who is an Employee or former Employee.  In addition, (i) such a Participant’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a “qualified domestic relations order,” as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, and (ii)  the surviving spouse of a deceased Participant who was an Employee or former Employee, shall be Distributees with regard to the interest of such spouse or former spouse in the Plan.

 

(3)                                   Eligible Retirement Plan ” shall mean an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, which accepts a Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution.  However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a Distributee who is surviving spouse, an “Eligible Retirement Plan” shall mean an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

 

(4)                                   Eligible Rollover Distribution ” shall mean any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee under the Plan, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution shall not include:  (i) any distribution which is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of 10 years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent

 

27



 

such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and (iii) the portion of any distribution which is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to Employer securities).  The enumeration in the preceding sentence of any form of payment shall not imply that any person has the right to receive benefits under the Plan in such form unless otherwise specifically provided under the Plan.

 

6.14                            Increase in $3,500 Threshold .

 

Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1997, “$5,000” shall be substituted for “$3,500” wherever the latter appears in the Plan.

 

28



 

ARTICLE VII

 

TRUST AND TRUSTEE

 

7.1                                  Establishment of Trust .

 

The Trustee shall receive all contributions paid to it by the Employer, and shall hold, manage, invest, reinvest and administer all such contributions in trust pursuant to the provisions of the Trust Agreement to which the Trustee is a party.

 

7.2                                  Resignation and Removal of Trustee .

 

In accordance with the procedure specified in the Trust Agreement to which a Trustee is a party, such Trustee shall have the right to resign at any time by giving written notice to the Employer which is a party to such agreement, and may be removed by the board of directors of such Employer upon written notice.  In the event of removal of or resignation of a Trustee, the board of directors of the Employer which is a party to the Trust Agreement under which such trustee was serving may appoint a successor Trustee who shall have the same powers and duties conferred upon its predecessor.

 

7.3                                  Powers and Duties of Trustee .

 

The Trustee shall have such powers and duties as are specified in the Trust Agreement to which it is a party.

 

7.4                                  Payment of Compensation and Expenses .

 

Subject to the provisions of the Trust Agreement to which it is a party:

 

(a)                                   No Trustee who is an officer or employee of the Employer shall be paid any compensation for serving as Trustee.  Any institutional Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation as shall from time to time be agreed upon in writing by the Employer and such Trustee, and such compensation shall be paid by the Employer, unless the Administrative Committee directs that it be paid from the Trust Fund.

 

(b)                                  All taxes of any and all kinds whatsoever that may be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon, or in respect of, the Trust Fund or the income thereof shall be paid from the Trust Fund.  To the extent such expenses or taxes are paid from the Trust Fund, they shall be charged against Participants’ Accounts pro rata .

 

29



 

7.5                                  Directed Investment of Accounts .

 

(a)                                   Subject to a procedure established and applied in a uniform nondiscriminatory manner, all Participants shall be permitted to direct the Trustee as to the investment of their Account balances in specific investments permitted under the Trust Agreement and designated by the Administrative Committee.  For purposes of this Section 7.5, the term “Participant” includes the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries of a deceased Participant.  To the extent so directed, the Trustee is relieved of its fiduciary responsibilities as provided in Section 404 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Trustee nor any other persons shall be under any duty to question any direction of a Participant with respect to his investment directions as to his Accounts or to review any securities or other property, real or personal, or to make any suggestions to the Participant in connection therewith, and the Trustee shall comply as promptly as practicable with directions given by the Participant hereunder.  Any such direction may be of a continuing nature or otherwise and may be revoked by the Participant at any time in such form as the Trustee may require.  The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any loss or expense which may arise from or result from compliance with any directions from the Participant nor shall the Trustee be responsible for, or liable for, any loss or expense which may result from the Trustee’s refusal or failure to comply with any directions from the Participant.  The Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from the Participant in the event the Trustee, in his sole and absolute discretion, deems such directions improper by virtue of applicable law.  Any costs and expenses related to compliance with a Participant’s directions shall be borne by the Participant’s Directed Investment Accounts.

 

(c)                                   In lieu of directing the investment of his Accounts pursuant to Section 7.5(a), a Participant may direct the Trustee to transfer the balances in his Accounts to separate brokerage accounts registered in the name of the trustee for such Participant’s benefit, at a broker-dealer specified by the Administrative Committee.  Each such brokerage account shall be established in such a fashion as to permit the Participant who is the beneficial owner thereof to direct the broker-dealer as to how the assets of such account should be invested from among specific investments permitted under the Plan.  All trading commissions, fees imposed by such broker-dealer and other expenses relating to such a brokerage account shall be charged against such account.  Sections 7.5(a) and 7.5(b) shall apply to each such brokerage account.

 

(d)                                  The Administrative Committee shall have the authority to prescribe reasonable rules and regulations, uniformly applicable, concerning the operation of this Section 7.5.

 

30



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

8.1                                  Administrative Committee .

 

(a)                                   The Plan shall be administered by an Administrative Committee appointed by the Company and consisting of 4 members.  Each Administrative Committee member shall serve at the pleasure of the Company.  The members of the Administrative Committee shall be “named fiduciaries” with respect to the Plan within the meaning of Section 402(a) of ERISA.  An Administrative Committee member may resign at any time by giving at least 30 days written notice to the Company, and the Company may remove a member at any time with or without cause by giving him notice in writing to such effect.  The Company may fill any vacancy in the membership of the Administrative Committee and shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Trustee and the other Administrative Committee members.  While there is a vacancy in the membership of the Administrative Committee, the remaining Administrative Committee members shall have the same powers as the full Committee until the vacancy is filled.

 

8.2                                  Powers, Rights and Duties of Administrat ive Committee .

 

In controlling and managing the operation and administration of the Plan, the Administrative Committee shall have the following powers, rights and duties in addition to those vested in it elsewhere in the Plan:

 

(a)                                   To adopt such regulations and rules of procedure, consistent with the provisions of the Plan as may be necessary or desirable for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan;

 

(b)                                  To enforce the Plan in accordance with its terms and with such applicable rules and regulations as may be adopted by the Administrative Committee, which shall be uniformly applied to all Participants and Beneficiaries similarly situated;

 

(c)                                   To determine all questions arising under the Plan, including questions relating to the eligibility of Employees and the benefits of Participants and their Beneficiaries, and to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions; provided, that the Administrative Committee shall not, through interpretation of the Plan or action thereunder, increase the responsibilities imposed on the Trustee without the consent of the Trustee;

 

(d)                                  To maintain and keep adequate records concerning the Plan and concerning its proceedings and acts in such form and detail as the Administrative Committee may deem necessary or desirable;

 

31



 

(e)                                   To direct the Trustee as to the investment of Trust Fund assets, the payment of benefits and other matters reserved to the Administrative Committee under the Plan; and

 

(f)                                     To appoint one or more persons to issue directions and execute documents on behalf of the Administrative Committee.

 

8.3                                  Delegation and Allocation of Administrat ive Committee’s Powers .

 

The Administrative Committee shall have the right and authority:

 

(a)                                   To appoint an investment manager for the Trust Fund, and to delegate to such investment manager the authority to manage, acquire, dispose of, invest and reinvest the Trust Fund; provided, that the Administrative Committee shall not appoint any person as investment manager other than (1) a person registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, (2) a bank, or (3) a qualifying insurance company.  Any investment manager so appointed shall acknowledge in writing that he or it is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.  With respect to the assets over which an investment manager has investment responsibility, the investment manager shall possess all and administrative powers and responsibilities granted to the Trustee hereunder.  The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility with respect to the assets subject to the investment responsibility of an investment manager, and shall have no duty to inquire into any directions from such investment manager, to solicit such directions or to review and follow the investments made pursuant to any such directions, except to the extent provided by law;

 

(b)                                  To employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility or responsibilities of the Administrative Committee under the Plan, including without limitation legal counsel, licensed physicians and accountants;

 

(c)                                   To delegate any of such duties or responsibilities to other persons, including without limitation to officers or employees of the Employer.  In the case of any such delegation, the Administrative Committee shall not be liable for any act or omission of another person in carrying out his allocated or delegated duties except to the extent the Administrative Committee:

 

(1)                                   Violated the provisions of ERISA:

 

(A)                               With respect to such delegation;

 

(B)                                 With respect to the establishment or implementation of the procedure for delegating responsibilities; or

 

32



 

(C)                                 In continuing the delegation; or

 

(2)                                   Would otherwise be liable under the provisions of ERISA.

 

8.4                                  Compensation and Expenses of Administrat ive Committee .

 

No fee or compensation shall be paid to any Employee for his services as a member of the Administrative Committee.  Any expenses properly incurred by the Administrative Committee shall be reimbursed or paid by the Company, unless reimbursed or paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund in accordance with the Trust Agreement.  To the extent such expenses are paid from the Trust Fund, they shall be charged against Participants’ Accounts pro rata.

 

8.5                                  Claims Procedure .

 

The Administrative Committee shall formulate a claims procedure whereby any Employee or Participant who feels aggrieved with respect to any of his rights under the Plan may have his grievance heard or his claim considered.  Such procedure shall afford the Employee or Participant with an opportunity for appeal of any decision which is adverse to him at the initial hearing level, and shall in all respects comply with the provisions of ERISA and the applicable rules and regulations of the Department of Labor.

 

8.6                                  Administrative Committee Member Who Is a Participant .

 

Any member of the Administrative Committee who is a Participant in the Plan may not decide any matter concerning distributions of any kind to be made to him unless such decision could be made by him under the Plan if he were not the Administrative Committee.

 

8.7                                  Agent for Service of Process .

 

The Company shall be the agent for service of process with respect to the Plan.

 

8.8                                  Capacity .

 

Any person may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan, including service both as Trustee and as a member of the Administrative Committee.

 

33



 

ARTICLE IX

 

FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY

 

9.1                                  Exercise of Fiduciaries’ Duties .

 

The Plan’s fiduciaries shall discharge their duties hereunder solely in the interest of Participants and their Beneficiaries, and:

 

(a)                                   For the exclusive purpose of:

 

(1)                                   Providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries; and

 

(2)                                   Defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan;

 

(b)                                  With the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; and

 

(c)                                   By diversifying the investments of the Trust Fund so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so.

 

9.2                                  Prohibited Transactions .

 

Except as expressly permitted by ERISA, a fiduciary shall not:

 

(a)                                   Cause the Plan to engage in a transaction, if he knows or should know that such transaction constitutes a direct or indirect:

 

(1)                                   Sale or exchange, or leasing, of any property between the Plan and a party-in-interest or disqualified person;

 

(2)                                   Lending of money or other extension of credit between the Plan and a party-in-interest or disqualified person;

 

(3)                                   Furnishing of goods, services, or facilities between the Plan and a party-in-interest or disqualified person; or

 

(4)                                   Transfer to, or use by or for the benefit of, a party-in-interest or disqualified person, of any assets of the Plan;

 

(b)                                  Deal with the assets of the Plan in his own interest or for his own account;

 

34



 

(c)                                   In his individual or any other capacity act in any transaction involving the Plan on behalf of a party (or represent a party) whose interests are adverse to the interests of the Plan or the interests of the Participants or Beneficiaries; or

 

(d)                                  Receive any consideration for his own personal account from any party dealing with the Plan in connection with a transaction involving the assets of the Plan.

 

9.3                                  Acts of Co-fiduciaries .

 

No fiduciary to whom duties or responsibilities under the Plan are charged shall be liable or responsible for the acts or omissions of another fiduciary unless:

 

(a)                                   He knowingly participates in or attempts to conceal the act or omission of the other fiduciary and he knows the act or omission is a breach of fiduciary responsibility by the other fiduciary;

 

(b)                                  He has knowledge of a breach by the other fiduciary and fails to make reasonable efforts to remedy the breach; or

 

(c)                                   His breach of his own fiduciary responsibility permits the other fiduciary to commit a breach.

 

9.4                                  Bonding .

 

Each fiduciary with respect to the Plan and every other person who handles funds or other property of the Plan shall be bonded in an amount which is not less than the greater of 10% of the assets of the Plan or $1,000; provided, that in no event shall such bond be required to be an amount in excess of $500,000.

 

9.5                                  Indemnification .

 

The Employer shall jointly and severally indemnify the Trustee (other than an institutional Trustee) and the members of Administrative Committee, to the fullest extent permitted by the law, against any and all claims, losses, damages, liability and expense arising out of any act or failure to act on the part of such Trustee or Administrative Committee members.

 

35



 

ARTICLE X

 

AMENDMENT; MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR

TRANSFER OF ASSETS; TERMINATION; NO REVERSION IN EMPLOYER

 

10.1                            Amendment .

 

The boards of directors of the Company shall have the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan; provided that no such amendment shall:

 

(a)                                   Authorize or permit any part of the Trust Fund to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries;

 

(b)                                  Cause any reduction in the amount theretofore credited to the Account of any Participant, or cause or permit any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become the property of the Employer; or

 

(c)                                   In the case of any amendment which affects the rights, duties or responsibility of the Trustee, increase or otherwise change such rights, duties or responsibilities without the Trustee’s prior written consent.

 

An amendment shall become effective upon authorization by resolutions of such boards of directors and execution by the Employer of an appropriate written instrument and, if the rights or duties of the Trustee are affected, consent to the amendment by the Trustee.  If any amendment changes the vesting schedules set forth in Sections 2.24 or 2.32, any Participant with 3 or more Years of Service may, by filing a written request with the Administrative Committee within 60 days after he has received notice of such amendment, elect to have the vested percentage of his Profit-Sharing Account computed under the vesting schedule in effect prior to such amendment.

 

10.2                            Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer of Asset s .

 

Neither the Plan nor the Trust shall be merged or consolidated with, nor shall any assets or liabilities be transferred to, any other plan, unless the benefits payable to each Participant if the Plan was terminated immediately after such action would be equal to or greater than the benefits to which such Participant would have been entitled if the Plan had been terminated immediately before such action.

 

36



 

10.3                            Complete Discontinuance of Contributions ; Termination .

 

(a)                                   The board of directors of each Employer shall have the right at any time to discontinue completely such Employer’s contributions hereunder or to terminate the Plan, and the Trust created hereby, as they apply to Participants employed or formerly employed by such Employer, and their respective Beneficiaries, completely or partially, by delivering to the Trustee written notice thereof.  In the event of such a complete discontinuance of contributions, or such a complete or partial termination, affected Participants shall become fully vested in their Accounts if not already fully vested.

 

(b)                                  Upon final termination of the Plan, the Trustee shall distribute all assets remaining in the Trust, after payment of any expenses properly chargeable against the Trust, to the Participants or Beneficiaries in accordance with the Account balances of each as of the date of such termination in such manner as the Trustee shall determine.  Until completion of such liquidation and distribution, the Trustee shall continue to have all of the powers and duties provided in the Plan.

 

10.4                            No Reversion in Employer .

 

(a)                                   The Employer shall have no beneficial interest in the Trust Fund and no part of the Trust Fund shall revert or be repaid to the Employer, directly or indirectly.

 

(b)                                  Employer contributions under this Plan are expressly conditioned upon the deductibility of such contributions under Section 404 of the Code.  Notwithstanding Section 10.4(a) or any other provision of the Plan, upon the Employer’s written request, a contribution which was made by a mistake of fact, or conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution, shall be returned to the Employer by the Trustee within one year after the mistaken payment of such contribution or the disallowance of the deduction (to the extent disallowed), whichever is applicable.  Earnings attributable to a contribution which occurred due to a mistake of fact or conditioned upon deductibility may not be returned to the Employer and losses attributable thereto shall reduce the amount to be so returned.

 

37



 

ARTICLE XI

 

LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

 

11.1                            In General .

 

(a)                                   In the sole discretion of the Administrative Committee, the Administrative Committee may direct the Trustee to make a bona fide loan to a Participant, upon such terms, security, interest, and conditions as the Administrative Committee deems appropriate, provided, however, that all loans granted hereunder:

 

(1)                                   Are available to all potential borrowers on an equivalent basis; and

 

(2)                                   Are made in accordance with and subject to all the provisions of this Article XII.

 

(b)                                  The minimum initial amount of any loan shall be $1,000.

 

(c)                                   Each loan shall be charged against the borrower’s Elective Account, Matching Account, vested Profit-Sharing Account and Rollover Account, as the case may be, in proportion to the source of funds used to provide such loan from such Accounts.

 

11.2                            Interest .

 

All loans pursuant to this Article XI shall be considered Trust Fund investments, and as such shall bear interest at a reasonable rate, as determined by the Administrative Committee.

 

11.3                            Maximum to be Loaned .

 

Loans to a borrower made pursuant to this Article XII (when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans made to such borrower by the Plan, or by any other qualified plan maintained by the Company or any Affiliated Employer) shall be limited to the lesser of:

 

(a)                                   $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan to the borrower during the one-year period ending on the day before the date on which such loan is made, over the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan to the borrower on the date on which such loan was made; or

 

(b)                                  One half of the sum of the vested balance of the borrower’s Accounts.

 

For purposes of the above limits, all plans of the Company and any Affiliated Employers shall be considered one plan.

 

38



 

11.4                            Repayment .

 

The period for repayment of any such loan or loans shall be arrived at by mutual agreement between the Administrative Committee and the borrower pursuant to a uniform, nondiscriminatory policy, but in no event shall the term of any such loan exceed a period of 60 months from the effective date of the loan.  Repayments of any loan shall be made no less frequently than quarterly, and shall be by payroll deduction for any borrower who is an Employee.  Repayment of a loan shall be credited to the borrower’s Accounts in proportion to the sources of funds used to provide such loan from such Accounts.

 

11.5                            Truth-in-Lending .

 

Where required by law, every Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant receiving a loan hereunder shall receive a statement clearly reflecting the charges involved in each loan transaction, which statement shall also include the dollar amount and annual interest rate of any finance charge.

 

11.6                            Purpose of Loan .

 

All applications for loans shall state the purpose for which the loan is sought.  The Administrative Committee may approve a loan for any reasonable purpose, provided that the Administrative Committee is satisfied as to the potential borrower’s ability to repay the loan and provided further that the Administrative Committee’s decision to approve or deny a loan shall not be based upon any criteria which have the effect of discriminating for or against any group or groups of potential borrowers

 

11.7                            Collateral Security .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event of a loan the Administrative Committee shall require or take such security from the borrower as shall be available, feasible or practical under all of the circumstances, uniformly administered, but in any and all events and whether or not any other security shall be obtained or shall be obtainable, the Administrative Committee shall always take and have as collateral security a security interest in one half of said borrower’s entire vested right, title and interest in his Accounts and in this connection shall also have the right (i) upon default in payment of any installment due under the terms of repayment of such loan to accelerate (with or without notice) the unpaid indebtedness of any such loan and to offset the amount of such indebtedness against any distribution then due or to become due to the borrower, but if no distribution is then due, or becoming due, then upon notice to the borrower, to debit the borrower’s Accounts by any such amount, and (ii) upon termination of the borrower’s employment with the Employer or other event permitting or requiring distribution, to accelerate (with or without notice) such indebtedness and to pay or cause payment to the Trust of the entire unpaid amount of principal and accrued interest from any benefits then payable or distributable to the borrower.  If such

 

39



 

applications do not fully satisfy the borrower’s indebtedness, he shall remain liable for and continue to make payments on any unpaid balance still due.

 

11.8                            Rules and Regulations .

 

The Administrative Committee shall have the authority to prescribe rules and regulations for the administration of this Article XI.  No such rules or regulations shall discriminate in favor of borrowers who are Highly Compensated Participants.  All such rules and regulations shall be in writing, shall be communicated to all Participants and Beneficiaries of deceased Participants and shall be considered part of the Plan.

 

40



 

ARTICLE XII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1                            Employment .

 

Neither the establishment of the Plan or any amendment thereto, nor the creation of the Trust Fund or the payment of benefits hereunder, shall be construed as giving any Participant or Employee any right to be retained in the employ of the Employer, and the Employer hereby expressly retains the right to hire and discharge any Participant or Employee at any time, with or without cause, as if the Plan had not been adopted, and any such discharged Participant or Employee shall have only such rights or interests in the Trust Fund as may be specified herein.

 

12.2                            Records .

 

The records of the Employer with respect to age, service, employment history, compensation, absences, illnesses, and all other relevant matters shall be conclusive for purposes of the administration of the Plan.

 

12.3                            Usage .

 

Pronouns and other similar words used herein in the masculine gender shall be read as the feminine gender where appropriate, and the singular form of words shall be read as the plural where appropriate.

 

12.4                            Validity .

 

The validity, construction, and administration of this Plan shall be determined under the laws of the State of Illinois, except to the extent such laws are preempted by federal law.

 

12.5                            Counterparts .

 

The Plan may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original but which together shall constitute a single plan.

 

12.6                            Severability .

 

In case any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions, but the illegal or invalid provision shall be fully severable and the plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had never been inserted herein.

 

41



 

12.7                            Conditional Restatement .

 

The provisions of the Plan as restated herein are subject to approval by the Internal Revenue Service confirming that the Plan continues to constitute a qualified plan under the Code and applicable rulings and regulations thereunder.  No Employee, Participant, or Beneficiary shall have any rights under the Plan as amended and restated herein unless and until such approval has been obtained, and the Employer retains the right to make such amendments or changes in the Plan as may be necessary to obtain such approval.

 

12.8                            Veterans’ Rights .

 

Effective December 14, 1994, and notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

 

12.9                            Participating Employers .

 

With the consent of the Company, any Affiliated Employer may become a Participating Employer by executing an instrument adopting the Plan for the benefit of its employees.  Such instrument shall remain in effect unless and until revoked by such Affiliated Employer with the consent of the Company.

 

12.10                      Special Provisions Applicable to Persons Who Were Participants in
      Gates Construction Corp. 401(k) Retirement Plan.   

 

(a)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, this Section 12.10 shall apply with respect to any individual who was a participant in the Gates Construction Corp. 401(k) Retirement Plan (the “Gates Plan”) immediately before the merger of the Gates Plan with and into this Plan effective August 1, 1994 and who became a participant in this Plan on that date (a “Gates Participant”).

 

(b)                                  As result of the merger of the Gates Plan with and into this Plan, the following amounts held under the Gates Plan on behalf of a Gates Participant immediately prior to such merger shall be considered such individual’s August 1, 1994 Account balances in this Plan, to-wit:

 

(1)                                   The Gates Participant’s account balance in the Gates Plan attributable to his tax deferred 401(k) contributions under the Gates Plan immediately prior to such merger shall be his August 1, 1994 account balance in his Elective Account under this Plan.

 

(2)                                   The Gates Participant’s account balance in the Gates Plan attributable to “matching contributions” and “profit sharing contributions” under the Gates Plan immediately prior to such merger shall be his August 1, 1994

 

42



 

account balance in an “Employer Contribution Account” established and maintained in his name under this Plan.

 

(3)                                   The Gates Participant’s account balance in the Gates Plan attributable to rollover contributions under the Gates Plan immediately prior to such merger shall be his August I, 1994 account balance in his Rollover Account under this Plan.

 

Each Gates Participant shall have a nonforfeitable right to the balances of his accounts on and after August 1, 1994.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, each Gates Participant shall be eligible to elect a hardship withdrawal from his Elective Account balance, as determined as of August 1, 1994 and as adjusted for gains and losses after that date, in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.5 of the Plan as amended on April 1, 1997.  In addition to the provisions said Section 9.5, a Gates Participant may elect to withdraw all or any portion of the balance of his employer contribution account, as determined as of August 1, 1994 and as adjusted for gains and losses after that date, because of a hardship causing him immediate and heavy financial needs.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, each Gates Participant who has attained age 59-1/2 shall be eligible to elect a pre-termination withdrawal of all or any portion of his account balances, as determined as of August 1, 1994 and as adjusted for gains and losses after that date, in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2 of the Plan as amended on April 1, 1997.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision this Plan, once during each Plan Year, a Gates Participant may elect to withdraw all or any portion of the balance of his Rollover Account, as determined as of August 1, 1994 and as adjusted for gains and losses after that date.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision this Plan, if a Gates Participant whose employment with Gates Construction Corp. terminated because of resignation or dismissal before he was 100% vested in his account balances attributable to employer contributions returns to employment with an employer before incurring 5 consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, then the amount that was previously forfeited from such accounts shall be restored to a “forfeiture account” established and maintained in his name as of the last day of the Plan Year in which he returns to employment (after all adjustments then required under the plan have been made).  A Gates Participant shall have a nonforfeitable right to the balance of his forfeiture account on and after such date.  Such a Gates Participant may, but need not, repay the amount, if any, that was previously distributed to him before the earlier of five years after the first date on which he is reemployed by an Employer, or the date he incurs five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service commencing after the distribution.

 

(f)                                     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, upon a Gates Participant’s Early Retirement Date, he shall have a nonforfeitable right to the balances of his Accounts and he shall be

 

43



 

entitled to a distribution of his account balances, as determined as of August 1, 1994 and as adjusted for gains and losses after that date, as of that date.  For purposes of this Section 12.10(f), the term “Early Retirement Date” means the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date a Gates Participant terminates from employment with an employer on or after the date he both attains age 55 years and completes at least 10 Years of Service for any reason other than death or disability, provided that such Gates Participant has not attained age 65 years on that date.  If a Gates Participant terminates from employment before satisfying the age requirement for early retirement but after having satisfied the service requirement, then he shall be entitled to elect a distribution of his account balances, as determined as of August 1, 1994 and as adjusted for gains and losses after that date, upon satisfying such age requirement.

 

44



 

ARTICLE XIII

 

TOP-HEAVY PLAN PROVISIONS

 

13.1                            Application .

 

The provisions of this Article XIII shall apply notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan in any Plan Year in which the Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan.

 

13.2                            Definitions .

 

For purposes of this Article XIII the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

 

(a)                                   Determination Date ” shall mean, with respect to a plan, the last day of the preceding plan year or, in the case of the first plan year, the last day of such plan year.

 

(b)                                  Employee ” shall mean a person employed by the Employer, including a self-employed person who is a partner of any Employer.

 

(c)                                   Employer ” shall mean the Company and all Affiliated Employers.

 

(d)                                  Key Employee ” shall mean an Employee who, at any time during a plan year or any of the 4 preceding plan years, is:

 

(1)                                   An officer of the Employer having an annual Compensation greater than 50% of the amount in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for any such plan year;

 

(2)                                   One of the 10 Employees having annual Compensation from the Employer of more than the limitation in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code and owning [or considered as owning within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code as modified by Section 416(i)(l)(B)(iii)] the largest interests in the Employer;

 

(3)                                   A person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of said Section 318, as so modified) (i) more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or (ii) in the case of an Employer which is not a corporation, more than 5% of the capital or profits interest in the Employer; or

 

45



 

(4)                                   A person whose annual Compensation from the Employer is more than $150,000 and who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of said Section 318, as so modified) (i) more than 1% of the outstanding stock of the Employer or more than 1% of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or (ii) in the case of an Employer which is not a corporation, more than 1% of the capital or profits interest in the Employer.

 

If a Participant is a Key Employee, his Beneficiary, if any, shall also be deemed a Key Employee.  For purposes of Section 13.2(d)(2), if two Employees have the same interest in the Employer, the Employee having the greater annual Compensation from the Employer shall be treated as having a larger interest.  The term “Non-Key Employee” shall mean an Employee who is not a Key Employee.

 

(e)                                   Permissive Aggregation Group ” shall mean a group of plans of the Employer consisting of (1) the plans comprising the Required Aggregation Group and (2) one or more other plans, such that, when considered together, such group of plans will satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

 

(f)                                     Required Aggregation Group ” shall mean (1) each plan of the Employer in which a Key Employee is a participant and (2) each other plan of the Employer which enables any plan described in Section 13.2(f)(1) to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.

 

(g)                                  Top-Heavy Group ” shall mean any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group if (1) the sum, as of the Determination Date, of (A) the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for Key Employees under all defined benefit plans included in such group and (B) the aggregate of the accounts of all Key Employees under all defined contribution plans included in such group, exceeds (2) 60% of a similar sum determined for all Employees participating in the plans included in such group.  In the case of a defined benefit plan, the present value of an Employee = s accrued benefit as of the Determination Date shall be determined as of the most recent plan valuation date which is within a 12-month period ending on the Determination Date.  In the first plan year of such a plan, such accrued benefit shall be determined either (1) as if the Employee terminated service as of the Determination Date or (2) as if the Employee terminated service as of such valuation date, but taking into account the estimated accrued benefit as of the Determination Date; for any other year the accrued benefit shall be determined as if the Employee terminated service as of such valuation date, and for this purpose the valuation date shall be the same valuation date used for computing plan costs for minimum funding regardless of whether a valuation is performed in such year.  In the case of a defined contribution plan not subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of

 

46



 

the Code, an Employee’s account balance shall be the sum of (1) the account balance as of the most recent plan valuation date occurring within a 12-month period ending on the Determination Date and (2) an adjustment for Employer contributions due as of the Determination Date, being the amount of any Employer contributions actually made after said valuation date but on or before the Determination Date (except than in the first plan year of such a plan, such adjustment shall also reflect the amount of any such contributions made after the Determination Date that are allocated as of a date in such year).  In the case of a defined contribution plan subject to said minimum funding standards, an Employee’s account balance shall be the sum of (1) the account balance as of the most recent plan valuation date occurring within a 12-month period ending on the Determination Date (including the amount of Employer contributions that would be allocated as of a date not later than the Determination Date, even though such amount is not yet required to be contributed) and (2) an adjustment for contributions due as of the Determination Date, reflecting the amount of any contribution actually made (or due to be made) after such valuation date but before the extended payment period in Section 412(c)(10) of the Code.  If any person is not a Key Employee with respect to a plan for any plan year but was a Key Employee with respect to such plan for any prior plan year, any accrued benefit for such person under such plan, or the accounts of such person under such plan, as the case may be, shall not be taken into account for purposes of this Section 13.2(g).  Where two or more plans have different Determination Dates, there shall be aggregated the values of accrued benefits and accounts as of the Determination Dates which fall within the same calendar year.  The accrued benefit of any Employee (other than a Key Employee) shall be determined (i) under the method which is used for accrual purposes for all plans of the Employer, or (ii) if there is no method described in clause (i), as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.  For purposes of determining present value,

 

(1)                                   The interest rates shall be the “immediate annuity rate” specified in 29 C.F.R. Part 4044, Appendix B, for valuing plan benefits as of October 1 in the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which payment commences, unless there is less than a 1 percentage point change from the preceding year’s rate, in which event the preceding year’s rate shall continue to be used.

 

(2)                                   Mortality shall be determined by the 1986 Projected Experience Table prepared by The Wyatt Company, with the percentage of males assumed to be 90% and with an assumed spousal mortality rate of 10%.

 

(3)                                   Subsidized early retirement benefits and subsidized benefit options shall not be taken into account unless the subsidies are nonproportional; for

 

47



 

this purpose, a subsidy shall be treated as nonproportional unless it applies to a group of Participants that would independently satisfy the requirements of Section 410(b) of the Code.

 

The accrued benefit of any Employee (other than a Key Employee) shall be determined (1) under the method which is used for accrual purposes for all plans of the Employer or (2) if there is no single method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

 

(h)                                  Top-Heavy Plan ” shall mean, with respect to this Plan for any Plan Year, a situation where, as of the Determination Date, (1) the aggregate of the Accounts of all Key Employees under the Plan (consisting of all Account balances as of the most recent Valuation Date occurring within a 12-month period ending on the Determination Date plus an adjustment for Employer contributions due as of the Determination Date equal to any contributions actually made after such Valuation Date, but on or before the Determination Date, exceeds 60% of the Accounts of all Participants under the Plan (similarly adjusted) or (2) the Plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group which is a Top-Heavy Group.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall not be considered a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year in which it is part of a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group which is not a Top-Heavy Group.  If any Participant is not a Key Employee with respect to the Plan for any Plan Year but was a Key Employee with respect to the Plan for any prior Plan Year, the Accounts of such Participant under the Plan shall not be taken into account for purposes of this Section 13.2(h).

 

13.3                            Distributions Prior to Determination Dat e .

 

For purposes of determining the cumulative accrued benefits for any Employee (under a defined benefit plan of the Employer) or the amount of the account of any Employee (under a defined contribution plan of the Employer), such present value or amount, as the case may be, shall be increased by the aggregate distributions made with respect to such Employee under such plan or plans during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date.  The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, if it had not been terminated, would have been included in a Required Aggregation Group.  If any individual has not performed services for any Employer maintaining a plan at any time during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date, any accrued benefit for such individual (and the account of such individual) shall not be taken into account.

 

48



 

13.4                            Minimum Contribution .

 

(a)                                   Each Participant in this Plan who is a Non-Key Employee shall be entitled to a minimum contribution from the Employer which, expressed as a percentage of such Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year, is the lesser of:

 

(1)                                   3%; or

 

(2)                                   The percentage at which contributions are made or required to be made under the Plan for such year for the Key Employee for whom such percentage is the highest for such year.

 

The percentage in Section 13.4(a)(2) shall be determined for each Key Employee by dividing the contributions of the Employer for such Key Employee by his Compensation, taking into account for this purpose all defined contribution plans included in a Required Aggregation Group but excluding any plan included in a Required Aggregation Group if such plan enables a defined benefit plan included in such group to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.  If any Participant who is a Non-Key Employee would not receive the minimum contribution required by this Section 13.4(a) for such Plan Year as a result of applying the allocation formula specified in Section 5.4, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust for such Plan Year the additional amounts necessary to achieve such minimum.  Such amount shall be allocated directly to the Profit-Sharing Account of such Participant.

 

(b)                                  The provisions of this Section 13.4 shall apply to all Participants who have not separated from service at the end of the Plan Year, including individuals who have failed to complete 1,000 Hours of Service during such Plan Year.

 

(c)                                   The provisions of this Section 13.4 shall not apply to a Participant who is a participant in one or more other defined contribution plans of the Employer which is or are part of a Top-Heavy Group which includes this Plan, if any such other plan or plans provide such Participant with the required minimum contribution, as determined in accordance with applicable regulations of the Secretary.  If any Participant is also a participant in a defined benefit plan of the Employer which is part of a Top-Heavy Group, nothing herein shall affect such Participant’s right to receive the required minimum benefit provided by such defined benefit plan.

 

(d)                                  Elective Contributions on behalf of a Key Employee shall be taken into account in determining the minimum contribution, if any, required on behalf of Non-Key Employees.  For purposes of satisfying any required minimum contribution on behalf of Non-Key Employees,

 

49



 

Elective Contributions on their behalf shall not be taken into account.

 

Dated this 24th day of July, 2000.

 

 

GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

   /s/ Douglas B. Mackie

 

 

  Douglas B. Mackie, President

 

50



 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK COMPANY

401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1997 )

 

GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK COMPANY, a New Jersey corporation, pursuant to the authority in Section 10.1 of the Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company 401(k) Savings Plan (as amended and restated effective January 1, 1997) (the “Plan”), hereby amends the Plan as follows:

 

1.                   Effective January 1, 2001, Section 1.4(a) of the Plan is deleted and the following is substituted in its place:

 

(a)              Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2000, the Plan shall satisfy the “safe-harbor” provisions of Code Sections 401(k)(12)(B) and (D) and accordingly Sections 5.6, 5.7 and 5.8 of the Plan shall not be effective for such Plan Years.

 

2.                   Effective January 1, 1997, Section 2.9(a) of the Plan is deleted and the following is substituted in its place:

 

(a)              Except for purposes of Section 5.4 for Limitation Years beginning prior to January 1, 1998, there shall be included in a Participant’s Compensation (1) any “elective deferral” [as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code], (2) any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of such Participant and which is not includible in his gross income under Section 125 of the Code and (3) any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer on or after January 1, 1998 at the election of such Participant and which is not includible in his gross income under Section 132(f)(4) of the Code.

 

3.                   Effective January 1, 1997, Section 2.9(d) of the Plan is deleted and the following is substituted in its place:

 

(d)             Except for purposes of Article XIII, a Participant’s Compensation shall not include any amounts otherwise includable pursuant to this Section 2.8 which are attributable to any period before he became a Participant.

 

4.                   Effective August 1, 2000, Section 2.19 of the Plan shall no longer apply.

 

5.                   Effective August 1, 2000, the following sentence is added to Section 3.1(b) of the Plan:

 

Effective August 1, 2000, any Employee who is not then a Participant shall become a Participant as of the first day of the first payroll period following his Employment Commencement Date.

 

51



 

6.                   Effective January 1, 1997, Section 4.2(a) of the Plan is deleted and the following is substituted in its place:

 

(a)                                   For each quarter of each Plan Year, the Employer shall make a Matching Contribution equal to 66-2/3% of each eligible Participant’s Elective Contribution for such quarter, excluding any Elective Contribution which exceeds 6% of such Participant’s Compensation for such quarter.  Effective April 1, 1997, the preceding sentence shall read as follows:  “For each quarter of each Plan Year, the Employer shall make a Matching Contribution equal to equal 100% of each eligible Participant’s Elective Contribution for such quarter, excluding any Elective Contribution which exceeds 6% of such Participant’s Compensation for such quarter.”  In order to be entitled to a Matching Contribution for a Plan Year, a Participant must be employed by the Employer on the last day of such Plan Year.  Effective April 1, 1997, the preceding sentence shall read as follows: “In order to be entitled to a Matching Contribution for any quarter of a Plan Year, a Participant must be employed by the Employer on the last day of such quarter, unless his employment terminated during such quarter on account of retirement (on or after his Normal Retirement Date), Disability or death.”  Effective January 1, 2000, if the total of the Matching Contributions to which Participant is entitled for a Plan Year is less than 6% of his Compensation for that period of the Plan Year during which he was eligible to participate, the Employer shall make an additional Matching Contribution on his behalf for the fourth quarter of the Plan Year to equal the difference.  Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2000, this Section 4.1(a) shall read as follows:

 

(a)                           For each quarter of each Plan Year, the Employer shall make a Matching Contribution equal to 100% of each eligible Participant’s Elective Contribution for such quarter, excluding any Elective Contribution which exceeds 6% of such Participant’s Compensation for such quarter.  If the total of the Matching Contributions to which Participant is entitled for a Plan Year is less than 6% of his Compensation for that period of the Plan Year during which he was eligible to participate, the Employer shall make an additional Matching Contribution on his behalf for the fourth quarter of the Plan Year to equal the difference.

 

7.                   Effective January 1, 2000, the following sentence is added to Section 4.5(a) of the Plan:

 

Notwithstanding the preceding sentences of this Section 4.5(a), effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, each Participant, whether or not a Highly Compensated Employee, may elect to defer a portion of his Compensation expressed as a whole-number multiple of his Compensation (but not more than 8%).

 

52



 

8.                   Effective January 1, 1997, the second and third sentences of Section 6.11(c) of the Plan are deleted.

 

9.                   Effective January 1, 1997, Section 6.11(d) of the Plan is deleted and the following is substituted in its place:

 

(d)                                  The “Required Beginning Date,” for purposes of this Section 6.11, shall mean, with respect to a Participant, April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such Participant attains age 70-1/2, except that a Participant who is not a “5% owner” [as defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Code] may elect to defer his Required Beginning Date until April 1 of the calendar year calendar year following the later of (i) the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2 or (ii) the calendar year in which he terminates employment. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except for a Participant who is such a “5% owner,” the Required Beginning Date of a Participant who attains age 70-1/2 on or after January 1, 2002 shall be April 1 of the calendar year following the later of (i) the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2 or (ii) the calendar year in which he terminates employment.

 

10.             Effective January 1, 1999, the first sentence of Section 6.13(b)(4) of the Plan is deleted and the following is substituted in its place:

 

Eligible Rollover Distribution ” shall mean any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee under the Plan, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution shall not include: (i) any distribution which is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of 10 years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; (iii) the portion of any distribution which is not includable in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to Employer securities); and (iv) any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code received after December 31, 1998.

 

11.             Effective January 1, 1997, Section 11.1(a) of the Plan is deleted and the following is substituted in its place:

 

(a)                                   In the sole discretion of the Administrative Committee, the Administrative Committee may direct the Trustee to make a bona fide loan to a Participant who is an Employee, upon such terms, security, interest, and conditions as the Administrative Committee deems appropriate, provided, however, that all loans granted hereunder:

 

(1)                                   Are available to all potential borrowers on an equivalent basis; and

 

53



 

(2)                                   Are made in accordance with and subject to all the provisions of this Article XII.

 

Dated this 17th day of May, 2001.

 

 

GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Douglas B. Mackie

 

Douglas B. Mackie, President

 

 

54



 

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK COMPANY 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1997 )

 

GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK COMPANY, a New Jersey corporation, pursuant to the authority in Section 10.1 of the Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company 401(k) Savings Plan (as amended and restated effective January 1, 1997 and as thereafter further amended) (the “Plan”), hereby further amends the Plan as follows, effective January 1, 2002 (except as otherwise indicated herein):

 

1.                                        Sections 2.6A and 2.6B are added to the Plan to read as follows:

 

2.6A                        Catch-Up Contribution ” shall mean, with respect to any Catch-Up Eligible Participant, that portion of such Participant’s Compensation (determined pursuant to Section 2.9 as if the Plan were not in existence) for a Plan Year that such Catch-Up Eligible Participant has elected to defer pursuant to Section 4.7.

 

2.6B                          Catch Up-Eligible Participant ” shall mean, with respect to a Plan Year, an Employee who is a Participant and who is age 50 or older in such Plan Year.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, a Participant who is projected to attain age 50 before the end of a Plan year shall be deemed to be age 50 as of January 1 of such Plan Year, without regard to whether he ceases to be an Employee during such Plan Year before actually attaining age 50.

 

2.                                        The following sentence is added to Section 2.9 of the Plan:

 

Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the Compensation of each Participant taken into account for any Plan Year shall not exceed $200,000 [subject to cost-of-living adjustments pursuant to Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code].

 

3.                                        Section 4.3(d) is added to the Plan to read as follows:

 

(d)                                  Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the board of directors of the Company and of each Participating Employer shall determine the Profit-Sharing Contribution, if any to be paid to the Plan and to be allocated among the Profit-Sharing Accounts of Participants employed by the Company or by such Participating Employer, as the case may be, in accordance with Sections 4.3(c) and 5.3.

 

4.                                        The following sentence is added to Section 4.5(a) of the Plan:

 

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 4.5(a), effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, each Participant may elect to defer a

 

55



 

portion of his Compensation expressed as a whole-number percentage of his Compensation, but not more than 15%.

 

5.                                        Section 4.5(b) of the Plan is deleted and the following is substituted in its place:

 

(b)                                  Amounts held in a Participant’s Elective Account shall not be distributable prior to the earliest of (1) his termination of employment with the Company and all Affiliated Employers, or his death; or (2) the termination of the Plan without establishment of a successor plan by the Employer or an entity aggregated with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer.  The Administrative Committee may authorize distribution of a Participant’s Elective Account where any of the events in the preceding sedntence has occurred, subject to all other requirements of the Plan concerning distributions.

 

6.                                        Section 4.7 is added to the Plan to read as follows:

 

4.7                                  Catch-Up Contributions .

 

(a)                                   This Section 4.7 shall apply to Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001.

 

(b)                                  A Catch-Up Eligible Participant may make a Catch-Up Contribution for a Plan Year, expressed as a whole-number percentage of his Compensation, but not more than 15%, if:

 

(1)                                   At the beginning of such Plan Year, he elects pursuant to Section 4.5(a) to defer the maximum portion of his Compensation during such Plan Year which is permitted thereunder.

 

(2)                                   At any time during such Plan Year, that portion of his Compensation which he has elected to defer for each pay period during the remainder of such Plan Year pursuant to Section 4.5(a), when added to that portion of his Compensation already deferred during such Plan Year pursuant to Section 4.5(a), is projected to equal the maximum amount permitted pursuant to Section 5.5.

 

(3)                                   At any time during such Plan Year, that portion of his Compensation already deferred during such Plan Year pursuant to Section 4.5(a) equals the maximum amount permitted pursuant to Section 5.5; or

 

56



 

(4)                                   At any time during the Limitation Year coinciding with such Plan Year, that portion of his Compensation already deferred during such Limitation Year pursuant to Section 4.5(a), when added to his other Annual Additions during such Limitation Year, equals the maximum Annual Addition permitted for such Limitation Year pursuant to Section 5.4.

 

(c)                                   The Administrator shall establish procedures to assure that each Catch-Up Eligible Participant described in Section 4.7(b) shall have an effective opportunity to make a Catch-Up Contribution.  Such procedures shall include, but shall not necessarily be limited to, allowing such a Catch-Up Eligible Participant to defer an additional dollar amount of his Compensation for each remaining payroll period during such Plan Year such that the total of all such additional dollar amounts during such Plan Year equals the maximum Catch-Up Contribution permitted for such Plan Year pursuant to Section 4.7(d).

 

(d)                                  A Catch-Up Contribution with respect to a Catch-Up Eligible Participant shall not exceed the following amount:

 

 

Calendar Year in Which
Catch-Up Eligible
Participant’s
Taxable Year Begins

 

Maximum Catch-Up
Contribution

 

2002

 

$

1,000

 

2003

 

2,000

 

2004

 

3,000

 

2005

 

4,000

 

2006

 

5,000

 

 

For taxable years beginning in calendar years after 2006, the maximum Catch-Up Contribution shall be $5,000, as adjusted pursuant to Section 414(v)(2)(C) of the Code.

 

(e)                                     A Catch-Up Eligible Participant’s Catch-up Contributions shall be treated as Elective Contributions [except for purposes of Section 4.2(a), relating to Matching Contributions] and shall be credited to his Elective Account, but shall not be subject to the following Plan provisions:

 

(1)                                     The limits on Deferred Compensation in Sections 4.5 and 5.5.

 

(2)                                     The limitations on Annual Additions in Section 5.4.

 

57



 

A Catch-Up Contribution for a Plan Year by a Catch-Up Eligible Participant who is a Key Employee shall not be taken into account for purposes of Clause (2) of the first sentence of Section 13.4(a).

 

7.                                        Sections 5.3(c) and 5.3(d) are deleted and the following provisions are substituted in their place:

 

(c)                                     As of the last Valuation Date in a Plan Year, the Profit-Sharing contribution, if any, for such year by the Company or by a Participating Employer shall be allocated among the Accounts of Participants who were employed by the Company or by such Participating Employer, as the case may be, on the last day of such Plan Year in accordance with the Compensation of each such Participant for such Plan Year in relation to the Compensation of all Participants employed by the Company or such Participating Employer, as the case may be, on the last day of such Plan Year.

 

(d)                                    Forfeitures arising during a Plan Year which are attributable to Participants who were employees of the Company shall first be used to reduce the Matching Contribution of the Company for such year and if any forfeitures then remain, they shall be used to offset the Profit-Sharing Contribution for such year of the Company.  Forfeitures arising during a Plan Year which are attributable to Participants who were employees of a Participating Employer shall first be used to reduce the Matching Contribution of such Participating Employer for such year and if any forfeitures then remain, they shall be used to offset the Profit-Sharing Contribution for such year of such Participating Employer.

 

8.                                        The following sentence is added to Section 5.4(a) of the Plan:

 

Effective for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the preceding sentence shall read as follows:

 

In no event shall any Annual Addition with respect to a Participant for a Limitation Year exceed the lesser of:

 

(1)                                   $40,000, or such higher amount as may be permitted at the relevant time under Section 415(c) of the Code; or

 

(2)                                   100% of the Compensation paid to the Participant by the Employer (or any Affiliated Employer) during such Limitation Year.

 

9.                                        Section 5.5(d) is added to the Plan to read as follows:

 

58



 

(d)                                  Effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2001, “the Applicable Dollar Amount” shall be substituted for “$9,500” in Sections 5.5(a) and 5.5(c).  The term “Applicable Dollar Amount” shall mean the following:

 

For Taxable Years
Beginning in Calendar Year

 

Applicable Dollar Amount

 

2002

 

$

11,000

 

2003

 

12,000

 

2004

 

13,000

 

2005

 

14,000

 

2006 or thereafter

 

15,000

 

 

For taxable years beginning in calendar years after 2006, the $15,000 Applicable Dollar Amount shall be adjusted in accordance with Code Section 402(g)(4).

 

10.                                  Section 6.9 of the Plan is deleted and the following is substituted in its place:

 

6.9                                  Restrictions on Distributions .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Administrative Committee shall not direct the Trustee to distribute, or cause to be distributed, a Participant’s vested interest in his Accounts, if such vested interest exceeds $5,000, without the recipient’s consent prior to his Normal Retirement Date.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, the value of a Participant’s vested interest in his Accounts shall not include his Rollover Account.

 

11.                                  Section 6.11(i) is added to the Plan to read as follows:

 

(i)                                      With respect to distributions under the Plan made in calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the Plan shall apply the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code in accordance with the regulations under said Section 401(a)(9) which were proposed in January 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary.  This Section 6.11(i) shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final regulations under said Section 401(a)(9) or such other date which is specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

12.                                  The following sentence is added at the end of Section 6.13:

 

Effective for distributions made after December 31, 2001, the term “Eligible Retirement Plan” shall also include (i) an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and (ii) an eligible plan which is maintained under Section 457(b)

 

59



 

of the Code and which is maintained by a state or political subdivision of a state or instrumentality of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred to such plan from this Plan.  Also effective for distributions made after December 31, 2001, the definition of “Eligible Retirement Plan” shall apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse of a Participant or to a spouse or former spouse of a Participant who is an alternate payee under a “qualified domestic relations order,” as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.  Also effective for distributions made after December 31, 2001, Section 6.13(b)(4)(iv) shall read as follows:  “(iv) any distribution which is made upon the hardship of a Participant.”

 

13.                                  Section 13.2(d) of the Plan is deleted and the following is substituted in its place:

 

(d)                                  Key Employee ” shall mean an Employee who, at any time during a plan year containing the Determination Date, is:

 

(1)                                   An officer of the Employer having an annual Compensation greater than $130,000 [subject to cost-of-living adjustments pursuant to Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)];

 

(2)                                   A person who owns [or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318, as modified by Code Section 416(i)(1)(B)(iii)] (i) more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or (ii) in the case of an Employer which is not a corporation, more than 5% of the capital or profits interest in the Employer; or

 

(3)                                   A person whose annual Compensation from the Employer is more than $150,000 and who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of said Section 318, as so modified) (i) more than 1% of the outstanding stock of the Employer or more than 1% of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or (ii) in the case of an Employer which is not a corporation, more than 1% of the capital or profits interest in the Employer.

 

If a Participant is a Key Employee, his Beneficiary, if any, shall also be deemed a Key Employee.

 

14.                                  The text of Section 13.3 of the Plan is deleted and the following is substituted in its place:

 

For purposes of determining the cumulative accrued benefits for any employee (under a defined benefit plan of the Employer) or the amount of the account of any

 

60



 

Employee (under a defined contribution plan of the Employer), such present value or amount, as the case may be, shall be increased by the aggregate distributions made with respect to such Employee under such plan or plans during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date.  The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, if it had not been terminated, would have been included in a Required Aggregation Group.  In the case of any distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability, the second preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting “five-year period” for “one-year period.”  If any individual has not performed services for any Employer maintaining a plan at any time during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date, any accrued benefit for such individual (and the account of such individual) shall not be taken into account.

 

15.                                  Article XIV, in the form attached as Exhibit A, is added to the Plan effective January 1, 2003.

 

Dated this 13th day of December, 2002.

 

 

GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Douglas B. Mackie

 

Douglas B. Mackie, President

 

 

61



 

EXHIBIT A

 

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

 

14.1                            Applicability and Effective Date .

 

The provisions of this Article XIV shall apply in lieu of Section 6.11 and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan for purposes of determining required minimum distributions from the Plan for calendar years beginning after December 31, 2002.

 

14.2                            Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated .

 

All distributions required under this Article XIV shall be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).

 

14.3                            Time and Manner of Distribution .

 

(a)                                   A Participant’s entire vested interest in the Plan shall be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to him no later than his Required Beginning Date.

 

(b)                                  If a Participant dies before his Required Beginning Date, his entire vested interest in the Plan shall be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

 

(1)                                   If such Participant’s surviving spouse is his sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to such surviving spouse shall begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which such Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which such Participant would have attained age 70-1/2, if later.

 

(2)                                   If such Participant’s surviving spouse is not his sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to his Designated Beneficiary shall begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which such Participant died.

 

(3)                                   If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of such Participant’s death, such Participant’s entire vested interest in the Plan shall be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of such Participant’s death.

 

(4)                                   If such Participant’s surviving spouse is his sole Designated Beneficiary and

 

62



 

his surviving spouse dies after him but before distributions to such surviving spouse begin, this Section 14.3(b), other than Section 14.3(b)(1), shall apply as if such surviving spouse were such Participant.

 

For purposes of this Section 14.3(b) and Section 14.6, unless Section 14.3(b)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on a Participant’s Required Beginning Date.  If Section 14.3(b)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse of a Participant under Section 14.3(b)(1).

 

(c)                                   The required minimum distribution for a Participant’s first Distribution Calendar Year shall be made on or before his Required Beginning Date.  The required minimum distribution for any Distribution Calendar Year, including the required minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, shall be made on or before December 31 of such Distribution Calendar Year.

 

14.4                            Forms of Distribution .

 

Unless a Participant’s vested interest in the Plan is distributed in a single sum on or before his Required Beginning Date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions shall be made in accordance with Sections 14.5 and 14.6 of this Article XIV.

 

14.5                            Required Minimum Distributions during Participant’s Lifetime .

 

(a)                                   During the lifetime of a Participant, the minimum amount that shall be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser of:

 

(1)                                   The quotient obtained by dividing the vested balance in such Participant’s Accounts by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using his age as of his birthday in such Distribution Calendar Year; or

 

(2)                                   If such Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is his spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the vested balance in such Participant’s Accounts by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using his and spouse’s attained ages as of their respective birthdays in such Distribution Calendar Year.

 

(b)                                  Required minimum distributions as to a Participant shall be determined under this Section 14.5 beginning with the first Distribution Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution Calendar Year that includes such Participant’s date of death.

 

63



 

14.6                            Required Minimum Distributions after Participant’s Death .

 

(a)                                   If a Participant dies on or after his Required Beginning Date and there is a Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of his death, the minimum amount which shall be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of his death is the quotient obtained by dividing the vested balance in the Participant’s Accounts by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of his Designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:

 

(1)                                   Such Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using his age in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(2)                                   If such Participant’s surviving spouse is his sole Designated Beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of such surviving spouse shall be calculated for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of his death using the surviving spouse’s age as of such surviving spouse’s birthday in such year.  For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of such surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of such surviving spouse is calculated using the age of such surviving spouse as of such surviving spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of such surviving spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 

(3)                                   If such Participant’s surviving spouse is not his sole Designated Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy shall be calculated using the age of such Designated Beneficiary in the year following the year of such Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(b)                                  If a Participant dies on or after his Required Beginning Date and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of his death, the minimum amount which shall be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of his death shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the vested balance in his Accounts by his remaining life expectancy calculated using his age in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(c)                                   If a Participant dies before his Required Beginning Date and there is a Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of his death, the minimum amount which shall be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of his death shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the vested balance in his Accounts by the remaining life expectancy of his Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 14.7(a).

 

(d)                                  If a Participant dies before his Required Beginning Date and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of his death, distribution of such Participant’s entire vested interest in the Plan shall be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of his death.

 

64



 

(e)                                   If (1) a Participant dies before his Required Beginning Date, (2) his surviving spouse is his sole Designated Beneficiary and (3) such surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to such surviving spouse under Section 14.3(b)(1), Sections 14.6(c) and 14.6(d) shall apply as if such surviving spouse were such Participant.

 

14.7                            Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                   Life expectancy shall be computed by use of the Single Life Table in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-9.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of a Distribution Calendar Year, the balance in a Participant’s Accounts shall be determined as the balance as of the last Valuation Date in the Valuation Calendar Year with respect to such Distribution Calendar Year, increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to such balance as of dates in such Valuation Calendar Year after such Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in such Valuation Calendar Year after such Valuation Date.  An Account balance for a Valuation Calendar Year with respect to a Distribution Calendar Year shall include any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in such Valuation Calendar Year or in such Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in such Valuation Calendar Year.

 

14.8                            Definitions .

 

For purposes of this Article XIV, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

 

(a)                                   Designated Beneficiary ” shall mean, collectively, the individual or individuals who are designated as the beneficiary under Section 2.6 and who are the “designated beneficiary” under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4.

 

(b)                                  Distribution Calendar Year ” shall mean a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required under this Article XIV.  For distributions beginning before a Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains his Required Beginning Date.  For distributions beginning after a Participant’s death (where he dies prior to his Required Beginning Date), the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 14.3(b).

 

(c)                                   Required Beginning Date ” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2.  Effective with respect to any Participant who attains age 70-1/2 on or after January 1, 2001 and who is not a “5-percent owner” within the meaning of Section 416 of the Code, “Required Beginning Date” means April 1 of the calendar year following the later of (1) calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2 or (2) the calendar year in which he retires.

 

65



 

(d)                                  Valuation Calendar Year ” shall mean, with respect to a Distribution Calendar Year, the calendar year immediately preceding such Distribution Calendar Year.

 

 

66



 

ADOPTION OF

GREAT LAKES DREDGE & DOCK COMPANY 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

BY NORTH AMERICAN SITE DEVELOPERS, INC.

 

NORTH AMERICAN SITE DEVELOPERS, INC., a Massachusetts corporation, hereby adopts the Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company 401(k) Savings Plan for the benefit of its eligible employees, effective as of January 1, 2002.

 

Dated as of January 1, 2002.

 

 

NORTH AMERICAN SITE

 

 

DEVELOPERS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Chris A. Berardi

 

 

Chris A. Berardi, President

 

 

67


 

Exhibit 10.15

 

 

Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company
Summary of the 401(k) Lost Benefit Plan

 

 

The 401(k) Lost Benefit Plan (the “Plan”) is an additional bonus compensation plan available to the executive officers of Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company  (the “Company”), to the extent they qualify based on their annual compensation levels.  The Plan is intended to compensate the executive officers for being unable to obtain the maximum tax-deferred benefits allowed by the Company’s 401(k) Savings Plan, due to the various IRS employee compensation and plan contribution limitations.

 

 


Exhibit 12.1

 

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

Successor

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2000

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pretax income (loss) from continuing operations (1)

 

$

16,475

 

$

12,216

 

$

17,072

 

$

(1,728

)

$

(17,924

)

Fixed charges

 

36,688

 

39,311

 

41,312

 

28,597

 

27,773

 

Distributed income of equity investees

 

225

 

874

 

 

1,200

 

1,925

 

 

 

$

53,388

 

$

52,401

 

$

58,384

 

$

28,069

 

$

11,774

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense and amortized deferred financing costs

 

$

18,753

 

$

21,107

 

$

21,255

 

$

20,765

 

$

20,412

 

Estimated interest expense in operating leases

 

6,015

 

5,950

 

9,407

 

7,832

 

7,361

 

Preference security dividend requirements

 

11,920

 

12,254

 

10,650

 

 

 

Total fixed charges

 

$

36,688

 

$

39,311

 

$

41,312

 

$

28,597

 

$

27,773

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

1.5

 

1.3

 

1.4

 

1.0

 

0.4

(2)

 


(1) Before adjustment for minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries and income(loss) from equity investees.

(2) Defiency in earnings totals $16,000.

 


Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

 

 

 

Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Company, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

North American Site Developers, Inc.

 

Massachusetts

 

 

 

Great Lakes Caribbean Dredging, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Dawson Marine Services Company

 

Delaware

 

 

 

JDC Soil Management & Development Inc.

 

Massachusetts

 


  EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Douglas B. Mackie, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

 

1.                                        I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation;

 

2.                                        Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                        Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                        The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:

 

a)               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)              Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such an evaluation; and

 

c)               Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                        The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 



 

a)               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)              Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date:    March 30, 2005

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas B. Mackie

 

 

Douglas B. Mackie

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 


EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Deborah A. Wensel, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

 

1.                                        I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation;

 

2.                                        Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                        Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                        The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:

 

d)              Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

e)               Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such an evaluation; and

 

f)                 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                        The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 



 

c)               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

d)              Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date:    March 30, 2005

 

 

 

 

/s/ Deborah A. Wensel

 

 

Deborah A. Wensel

 

Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 


EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Douglas B. Mackie, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)                                   The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2)                                   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

/s/ Douglas B. Mackie

 

Douglas B. Mackie

President and Chief Executive Officer

Date:    March 30, 2005

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation and will be retained by Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 


EXHIBIT 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Deborah A. Wensel, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(3)                                   The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(4)                                   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

/s/ Deborah A. Wensel

 

Deborah A. Wensel

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Date:   March 30, 2005

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation and will be retained by Great Lakes Dredge & Dock Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.